Document:

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2006

 Exhibit 10.14 
 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 by and among 
 PNA Group, Inc. 
 The Guarantors Listed on Schedule B Hereto 

and 
 Banc of America Securities LLC

 Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
 Jefferies & Company, Inc. 
 Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated 
 UBS Securities LLC 
 Dated as of
August 15, 2006 

 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT 
 This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of August 15, 2006, by and among PNA Group, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Guarantors listed on Schedule B hereto (collectively, the “Guarantors”), and Banc of America Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Jefferies & Company, Inc., Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”), each of whom has agreed to purchase the Company’s 10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 (the “Initial Notes”) fully and
unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “Guarantees”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). The Initial Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto are herein collectively referred to as the “Initial
Securities.” 
 This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated August 4, 2006 (the “Purchase
Agreement”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Initial Securities, including the Initial
Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Securities, the Company has agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the
obligations of the Initial Purchasers as set forth in Section 5(g) of the Purchase Agreement. 
 The parties hereby agree as follows:

 SECTION 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: 

Additional Interest Payment Date: With respect to the Initial Securities, each Interest Payment Date. 
 Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act. 
 Business Day: Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or U.S. federal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies located in
New York, New York are authorized or obligated to be closed. 
 Closing Date: The date of this Agreement. 
 Commission: The Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement as being continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a
period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate
principal amount of Initial Securities that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer. 

 Exchange Act: The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 Exchange Offer: The registration by the Company under the Securities Act of the Exchange Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement pursuant
to which the Company offers the Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities the opportunity to exchange all such outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Holders for Exchange Securities in an aggregate principal amount
equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities tendered in such exchange offer by such Holders. 
 Exchange
Offer Registration Statement: The Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer, including the related Prospectus. 
 Exempt
Resales: The transactions in which the Initial Purchasers propose to sell the Initial Securities to certain “qualified institutional buyers,” as such term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act, to certain institutional
“accredited investors,” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) and (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act and to certain non-U.S. persons pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act. 
 Exchange Securities: The 10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016, of the same series under the Indenture as the Initial Securities, to be issued to Holders
in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to this Agreement. 
 Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.

 Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof. 
 Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2006, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the
“Trustee”), pursuant to which the Securities are to be issued, as such Indenture is amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof. 
 Initial Purchaser: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Initial Notes: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Initial Placement: The issuance and sale
by the Company of the Initial Securities to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. 
 Initial Securities: As
defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Interest Payment Date: As defined in the Indenture and the Securities. 
 NASD: NASD Inc. 
 Person: An
individual, partnership, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof. 
  

 -2- 

 Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any
prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus. 
 Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 
 Registration Statement: Any
registration statement of the Company relating to (a) an offering of Exchange Securities pursuant to an Exchange Offer or (b) the registration for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, which
is filed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, in each case, including the Prospectus included therein, all amendments and supplements thereto (including post-effective amendments) and all exhibits and material incorporated by reference
therein. 
 Securities: As defined in the preamble hereto. 
 Securities Act: The Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 Shelf Effectiveness Target Date: As defined in Section 5 hereof. 
 Shelf Filing Deadline:
As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 
 Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof. 
 Trust Indenture Act: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. 
 Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Initial Security, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Initial Security is exchanged in the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security entitled to be
resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, (b) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of
in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement and (c) the date on which such Initial Security is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution”
contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein). 
 Underwritten
Registration or Underwritten Offering: A registration in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public. 
 SECTION 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement. 
 (a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The
securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities. 
 (b) Holders of Transfer Restricted
Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities. 
  

 -3- 

 SECTION 3. Registered Exchange Offer. 
 (a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a)
hereof have been complied with), each of the Company and the Guarantors shall (i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed with the Commission as soon as practicable after the Closing Date, but in no event later than 270
days after the Closing Date (or if such 270th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Securities and the Exchange Offer (the “Filing Date”),
(ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective at the earliest practicable time, (iii) in connection with the foregoing, file (A) all pre-effective amendments to such Registration
Statement as may be necessary in order to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, (B) if applicable, a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430A under the Securities Act and (C) cause all
necessary filings in connection with the registration and qualification of the Exchange Securities to be made under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer and
(iv) upon the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, commence the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer
Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Initial Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof. 
 (b)
The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state
securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer. The Company shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws. No securities other than the Exchange Securities shall be included in the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement. The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer to be Consummated on the earliest practicable date after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement has become effective, but in no event
later than 390 days after the Closing Date (or if such 390th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day). 
 (c) The Company
shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Securities that are Transfer Restricted Securities and that
were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company), may exchange such Initial Securities pursuant to the Exchange
Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the
Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such
“Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of
Distribution” shall 

  

 -4- 

 
not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Initial Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission
as a result of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement. 
 Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially
reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of
Initial Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies,
rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 180 days from the date on which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective and (ii) the date on which a
Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities. 
 The Company
shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 180-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales.

 SECTION 4. Shelf Registration. 
 (a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Company is not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law
or Commission policy (after the procedures set forth in Section 6(a) hereof have been complied with), (ii) for any reason the Exchange Offer is not Consummated within 390 days after the Closing Date (or if such 390th day is not a Business
Day, the next succeeding Business Day), or (iii) with respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (A) such Holder is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, or (B) such
Holder may not resell the Exchange Securities acquired by it in the Exchange Offer to the public without delivering a prospectus and the Prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such
resales by such Holder, or (C) such Holder is a Broker-Dealer and holds Initial Securities acquired directly from the Company or one of its affiliates, then, upon such Holder’s request, the Company and the Guarantors shall 
 (x) cause to be filed a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “Shelf Registration Statement”), as soon as practicable, but in no event later than the later of (i) 270 days following the Closing Date (or if such 270th day is not a
Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) and (ii) 90 days after such filing obligation arises (or if such 90th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day (such date being the “Shelf Filing Deadline”))
(provided, however, that no obligation to file a Shelf Registration Statement shall accrue until after the Exchange Offer has been filed), which Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for resales of all Transfer Restricted Securities as to which
the Holders thereof shall have provided the information required pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof; and 
  

 -5- 

 (y) use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement
to be declared effective by the Commission on or before the 180th day after such filing obligation arises (or if such 180th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day). 
 Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective,
supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Initial Securities by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the
benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period of at least two
years following the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (or shorter period that will terminate when all the Initial Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration
Statement). 
 (b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. No Holder of
Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 20 Business Days after
receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf
Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading. 
 SECTION 5. Additional Interest. If (i) any of the Registration Statements required by this Agreement is not filed with the Commission on or
prior to the date specified for such filing in this Agreement, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date specified for such effectiveness in this Agreement (the “Shelf
Effectiveness Target Date”), (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated within 390 days of the Closing Date or (iv) any Registration Statement required by this Agreement is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter
cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose during the periods required under this Agreement without being succeeded immediately by a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement that cures such failure and that is
itself immediately declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default”), the Company hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall be increased
by 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such increase exceed
1.00% per annum. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any particular Transfer Restricted Securities, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate
borne by such Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration Default occurs, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities shall again
be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions. 
  

 -6- 

 All obligations of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are
outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full;
provided that no obligations set forth in the preceding paragraph will continue to accrue after such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security. 
 SECTION 6. Registration Procedures. 
 (a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. In connection
with the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof, shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities
being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof, and shall comply in all material respects with the following provisions: 
 (i) If in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Company there is a question as to whether the Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable
law, each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees to seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission allowing the Company and the Guarantors to Consummate an Exchange Offer for such Initial Securities. Each of the
Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees to pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level but shall not be required to take commercially unreasonable action to effect a change of Commission policy. Each of the Company and the
Guarantors hereby agrees, however, to (A) participate in telephonic conferences with the Commission, (B) deliver to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by counsel to the Company setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such
counsel has concluded that such an Exchange Offer should be permitted and (C) diligently pursue a favorable resolution by the Commission staff of such submission. 
 (ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted
Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to
the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to
be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Company’s preparations for
the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under
Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13,
1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters (which may include any no-action 

  

 -7- 

 
letter obtained pursuant to clause (i) above), and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act
in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as
applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company. 
 (b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with
all the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of
distribution thereof, and pursuant thereto each of the Company and the Guarantors will as expeditiously as possible prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement relating to the registration on any appropriate form under the
Securities Act, which form shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof. 
 (c) General Provisions. In connection with any Registration Statement and any Prospectus required by this Agreement to permit the sale or resale
of Transfer Restricted Securities (including, without limitation, any Registration Statement and the related Prospectus required to permit resales of Initial Securities by Broker-Dealers), each of the Company and the Guarantors shall: 
 (i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial
statements (including, if required by the Securities Act or any regulation thereunder, financial statements of the Guarantors for the period specified in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable); upon the occurrence of any event that would cause
any such Registration Statement, or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this
Agreement, the Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use its commercially
reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter; 
 (ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may be
necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, or such shorter period as will terminate when all Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration
Statement have been sold; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules
424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely 

  

 -8- 

 
manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during
the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus; 
 (iii) advise the underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, to confirm such advice in
writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of
any request by the Commission for amendments to the Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of
any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement
thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If at any time the
Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of
the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its best efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time; 
 (iv) furnish without charge to each of the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and each of the
underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all documents
incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the reasonable review and comment of such Holders and underwriter(s) in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at
least five Business Days, and the Company will not file any such Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Registration Statement or Prospectus (including all such documents incorporated by reference) to which
an Initial Purchaser of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Registration Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object in writing within five Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely
made upon confirmation of telecopy transmission within such period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable only if such Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as
applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains a material misstatement or omission; 
  

 -9- 

 (v) promptly prior to the filing of any document that is to be incorporated by reference
into a Registration Statement or Prospectus, provide copies of such document to the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Registration Statement, and to the underwriter(s), if any, make the Company’s and the Guarantors’
representatives available for discussion of such document and other customary due diligence matters, and include such information in such document prior to the filing thereof as such selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, reasonably may request;

 (vi) make available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, the managing underwriter(s), if any,
participating in any disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by such Initial Purchasers or any of the underwriter(s), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties
of each of the Company and the Guarantors and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection
with such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness and to participate in meetings with investors to the extent reasonably requested by the managing underwriter(s),
if any; 
 (vii) if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in any Registration
Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may commercially reasonably request to have included therein, including, without
limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price
being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the
Company is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment; 
 (viii)
cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered thereby or the
underwriter(s), if any; 
 (ix) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any,
without charge, at least one copy of the Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits
(including exhibits incorporated therein by reference); 
 (x) deliver to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s),
if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby consents to the use of the
Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), 

  

 -10- 

 
if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

 (xi) enter into such agreements (including an underwriting agreement to the extent the registration is an Underwritten
Registration), and make such representations and warranties, and take all such other actions in connection therewith in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement
contemplated by this Agreement, all to such extent as may be reasonably requested by any Initial Purchaser or by any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or underwriter in connection with any sale or resale pursuant to any Registration Statement
contemplated by this Agreement; and whether or not an underwriting agreement is entered into in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement and whether or not the related shelf registration is an Underwritten Registration, each of the Company
and the Guarantors shall: 
 (A) furnish to each the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder and each underwriter, if any, in
such substance and scope as they may reasonably request and as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary underwritten offerings, upon the date of the Consummation of the Exchange Offer or, if applicable, the effectiveness of the
Shelf Registration Statement: 
 (1) a certificate, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of
effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, signed by (y) the President or any Vice President and (z) a principal financial or accounting officer of each of the Company and the Guarantors, confirming, as of the
date thereof, the matters set forth in paragraphs (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 5(e) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matters as such parties may reasonably request; 
 (2) an opinion, dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer or the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, as
the case may be, of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors, covering the matters set forth in Section 5(c) of the Purchase Agreement and such other matter as such parties may reasonably request, and in any event including a statement to the
effect that such counsel has participated in conferences with officers and other representatives of the Company and the Guarantors, representatives of the independent public accountants for the Company and the Guarantors, representatives of the
underwriter(s), if any, and counsel to the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the preparation of such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus and have considered the matters required to be stated therein and the statements
contained therein (provided, that such opinion may provide that such counsel has not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of such statements); and that such counsel advises that, on the basis of the foregoing, no facts came
to such counsel’s attention that caused such counsel to believe that the applicable Registration Statement, at the 

  

 -11- 

 
time such Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto became effective, and, in the case of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, as
of the date of Consummation, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus contained in such
Registration Statement as of its date and, in the case of the opinion dated the date of Consummation of the Exchange Offer, as of the date of Consummation, contained an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact
necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading. Without limiting the foregoing, such counsel may state further that such counsel assumes no responsibility for, and has not independently verified, the accuracy, completeness or
fairness of the financial statements, notes and schedules and other financial data included in any Registration Statement contemplated by this Agreement or the related Prospectus; and 
 (3) a customary comfort letter, dated the date of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, from the Company’s independent
accountants, in the customary form and covering matters of the type customarily requested to be covered in comfort letters by underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, and covering or affirming the matters set forth in the
comfort letters delivered pursuant to Section 5(a) of the Purchase Agreement, without exception; 
 (B) set forth in full
or incorporate by reference in the underwriting agreement, if any, the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 8 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to said Section; and 
 (C) deliver such other documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by such parties to evidence compliance with
Section 6(c)(xi)(A) hereof and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company or any of the Guarantors pursuant to this Section 6(c)(xi), if any. 
 If at any time the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors contemplated in Section 6(c)(xi)(A)(1) hereof
cease to be true and correct, the Company or the Guarantors shall so advise the Initial Purchasers and the underwriter(s), if any, and each selling Holder promptly and, if requested by such Persons, shall confirm such advice in writing; 

(xii) prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any,
and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may
reasonably request and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that
neither the 

  

 -12- 

 
Company nor the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that
would subject it to service of process in suits or to taxation, other than as to matters and transactions relating to the Registration Statement, in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject; 
 (xiii) shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Securities
having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities surrendered to the Company by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Securities to be registered in the name of
such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Securities, as the case may be; in return, the Initial Securities held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation; 
 (xiv) cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates
representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may
request, at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such Holders or underwriter(s); 
 (xv) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to
enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in Section 6(c)(xii) hereof; 
 (xvi) if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or
post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities,
the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; 
 (xvii) provide a CUSIP number for all Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement covering such Securities
and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for such Securities which are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and take all other action necessary to ensure that all such Securities are eligible
for deposit with the Depository Trust Company; 
 (xviii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the
NASD and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of the NASD; 
  

 -13- 

 (xix) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable
rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, a consolidated earnings statement meeting the requirements of Rule 158 (but in no event prior to the timely filing by the Company
of its first Annual Report on Form 10-K required to be filed by the rules and regulations under the Exchange Act after the effective date of the Registration Statement); 
 (xx) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration
Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the
terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the
Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; 
 (xxi) cause all Securities covered by the
Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed if requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Initial
Securities or the managing underwriter(s), if any; and 
 (xxii) provide promptly to each Holder upon request each document
filed with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 and Section 15 of the Exchange Act. 
 Each Holder agrees by
acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer
Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the
“Advice”) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will
deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such
notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period
from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or
amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof or shall have received the Advice; provided, however, that no such extension shall be taken into account in determining whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to
Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest, it being agreed that the Company’s option to suspend use of a Registration Statement pursuant to this paragraph shall be treated as a Registration Default for purposes of
Section 5 hereof. 
  

 -14- 

 SECTION 7. Registration Expenses. 
 (a) All expenses incident to the Company’s and the Guarantor’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company
and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation: (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial Purchaser or
Holder with the NASD (and, if applicable, the fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter” and its counsel that may be required by the rules and regulations of the NASD)); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with
federal securities and state securities or blue sky laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery
services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the Guarantors and, subject to Section 7(b) hereof, the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; (v) all application and filing fees in connection
with listing the Exchange Securities on a securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (including
the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance). 
 Each of the Company and the Guarantors
will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person,
including special experts, retained by the Company or the Guarantors. 
 (b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this
Agreement (including, without limitation, the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the Shelf Registration Statement), the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer
Restricted Securities being tendered in the Exchange Offer and/or resold pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, as
applicable, for the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP or such other counsel as may be chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Registration Statement is being prepared. 
 SECTION 8. Indemnification.

 (a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each
Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any Holder (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a
“controlling person”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder or any controlling person (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter
be referred to as an “Indemnified Holder”), to the fullest extent lawful, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions and expenses (including, without limitation, and as incurred, reimbursement of
all reasonable costs of investigating, preparing, pursuing, settling, compromising, paying or defending any claim or action, or any investigation or proceeding 

  

 -15- 

 
by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, including the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of counsel to any Indemnified Holder),
joint or several, directly or indirectly caused by, related to, based upon, arising out of or in connection with any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any
amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such losses, claims, damages,
liabilities or expenses are caused by an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission that is made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any of the Holders furnished in writing to the Company by any
of the Holders expressly for use therein. This indemnity agreement shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or any of the Guarantors may otherwise have. 
 In case any action or proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation or proceeding) shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect to which indemnity may be sought
against the Company or the Guarantors, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Company and the Guarantors in writing; provided, however, that the failure to give such
notice shall not relieve any of the Company or the Guarantors of its obligations pursuant to this Agreement. Such Indemnified Holder shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action and the reasonable and documented fees and
expenses of such counsel shall be paid, as incurred, by the Company and the Guarantors (regardless of whether it is ultimately determined that an Indemnified Holder is not entitled to indemnification hereunder). The Company and the Guarantors shall
not, in connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable
fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any local counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Holders, which firm shall be designated by the Holders. The Company and the Guarantors shall be liable for any
settlement of any such action or proceeding effected with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ prior written consent, which consent shall not be withheld unreasonably, and each of the Company and the Guarantors agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless any Indemnified Holder from and against any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense by reason of any settlement of any action effected with the written consent of the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors shall not,
without the prior written consent of each Indemnified Holder, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of judgment in or otherwise seek to terminate any pending or threatened action, claim, litigation or proceeding in respect of which
indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not any Indemnified Holder is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise, consent or termination includes an unconditional release of each Indemnified Holder from all
liability arising out of such action, claim, litigation or proceeding. 
 (b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally
and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors and their respective directors, officers of the Company and the Guarantors who sign a Registration Statement, and any Person controlling (within the meaning of
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company or any of the Guarantors, and the respective officers, directors, partners, 

  

 -16- 

 
employees, representatives and agents of each such Person, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each of the
Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to claims and actions based on information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement. In case any action or proceeding shall be brought
against the Company, the Guarantors or their respective directors or officers or any such controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights and duties
given the Company and the Guarantors, and the Company, the Guarantors, their respective directors and officers and such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder by the preceding paragraph. 
 (c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or (b) hereof (other
than by reason of exceptions provided in those Sections) in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities, judgments, actions or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified
party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and
the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, from the Initial Placement (which in the case of the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to be equal to the total gross proceeds to the Company and the Guarantors from the
Initial Placement), or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable law, the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in
such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnified Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among
other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Indemnified
Holders, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, claims, damages,
liabilities and expenses referred to above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth in the second paragraph of Section 8(a) hereof, any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with
investigating or defending any action or claim. 
 The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that
it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take
account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to in the immediately
preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, none of the Holders (and its related Indemnified Holders) shall be required to contribute, in the aggregate, any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discount received by 

  

 -17- 

 
such Holder with respect to the Initial Securities exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such
untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Initial Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and
not joint. 
 SECTION 9. Rule 144A. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees with each Holder, for so long as any Transfer
Restricted Securities remain outstanding, to make available to any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of such Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder
or beneficial owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 
 SECTION 10. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder
(a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all
reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 
 SECTION 11. Selection of Underwriters. The Holders of a majority of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement
who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) that will administer such offering will be selected by the Holders
of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided, however, that such investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

 SECTION 12. Miscellaneous. 
 (a) Remedies. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby agree to
waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate. 
 (b) No Inconsistent Agreements.
Each of the Company and the Guarantors will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts
with the provisions hereof. Neither the Company nor any of the Guarantors has previously entered into any agreement granting any registration rights with respect to its securities to any Person. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in
any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company’s or any of the Guarantors’ securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof. 
  

 -18- 

 (c) Adjustments Affecting the Securities. The Company will not take any action, or permit any
change to occur, with respect to the Initial Securities that would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Holders to Consummate any Exchange Offer. 
 (d) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company
has (i) in the case of Section 5 hereof and this Section 12(d)(i), obtained the written consent of Holders of all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities and (ii) in the case of all other provisions hereof, obtained the
written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding any Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Company or its Affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent
to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities
are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided, however, that, with respect to any
matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or
departure is to be effective. 
 (e) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made
in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telex, telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery: 
 (i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the
Indenture; and 
  

	 	(ii)	if to the Company: 

 PNA Group, Inc.

 400 Northbridge Road, Suite 850 
 Atlanta, Georgia 30350 
 Facsimile: (678) 352-2441 
 Attention: Chris J. Moreton 
 With a copy to: 
 Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP 
 787 Seventh Avenue New York, 
 New York 10019 
 Facsimile : (212) 728-9214 
 Attention : Cristopher Greer 
 All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days
after being deposited in the 

  

 -19- 

 
mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and on the next Business Day, if timely delivered
to an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery. 
 Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently
delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture. 
 (f) Successors and Assigns. This
Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities;
provided, however, that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder.

 (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts,
each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 
 (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. 
 (i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THEREOF. 
 (j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. 
 (k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and
exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with
respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter. 
  

 -20- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

  

					
	PNA GROUP, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Name:	 	Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary
	
	SMITH PIPE & STEEL COMPANY
		
	By:	 	/s/ Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Name:	 	Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary
	
	INFRA-METALS CO.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Name:	 	Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary
	
	FERALLOY CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	/s/ Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Name:	 	Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary
	
	DELNOR CORPORATION
		
	By:	 	/s/ Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Name:	 	Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary

 [Registration Rights Agreement] 

					
	DELTA STEEL, L.P.
		
	By:	 	Delta GP, L.L.C., its general partner
		
	By:	 	/s/ Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Name:	 	Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary
		
	By:	 	Delta LP, L.L.C., its limited partner
		
	By:	 	/s/ Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Name:	 	Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary
	
	DELTA GP, L.L.C.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Name:	 	Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary
	
	DELTA LP, L.L.C.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Name:	 	Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary

 [Registration Rights Agreement] 

					
	METALS SUPPLY COMPANY, LTD.
		
	By:	 	MSC Management, Inc., its general partner
		
	By:	 	/s/ Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Name:	 	Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary
		
	By:	 	PNA Group, Inc., its limited partner
		
	By:	 	/s/ Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Name:	 	Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary
	
	MSC MANAGEMENT, INC.
		
	By:	 	/s/ Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Name:	 	Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:	 	Vice President & Secretary

 [Registration Rights Agreement] 

 The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above
written: 
 BANC OF AMERICA SECURITIES LLC 
 CITIGROUP GLOBAL
MARKETS INC. 
 JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC. 
 MORGAN
STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED 
 UBS SECURITIES LLC 
  

			
	By:	 	Banc of America Securities LLC
		
	By:	 	/s/ Michael D. Browne
		 	Name:  Michael D. Browne
		 	Title:    Managing Director

  

 25 

 SCHEDULE B 
 Subsidiary Guarantors 
 Smith Pipe & Steel Company 
 Infra-Metals Co. 
 Feralloy Corporation 
 Delnor Corporation 
 Delta Steel, L.P. 
 Delta GP, L.L.C. 
 Delta LP, L.L.C. 
 Metals Supply Company, Ltd. 
 MSC Management, Inc.Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2006

 Exhibit 10.15 
 PNA GROUP, INC., 
 as Issuer 
 SMITH PIPE & STEEL COMPANY 
 INFRA-METALS CO. 
 FERALLOY CORPORATION 
 DELNOR CORPORATION 
 DELTA STEEL, L.P. 
 DELTA GP, L.L.C. 

DELTA LP, L.L.C. 
 METALS SUPPLY COMPANY,
LTD. and 
 MSC MANAGEMENT, INC., 
 as Guarantors 
  

 10 3/4% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2016 
  

 INDENTURE 
 DATED AS OF AUGUST 15, 2006 
  

 THE BANK OF NEW YORK, 
 Trustee 

 CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE* 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture
 Act Section
	  	 Section
Indenture

	 310 (a)(1)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(2)
	  	7.10
	 (a)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(4)
	  	N.A.
	 (a)(5)
	  	7.10
	 (b)
	  	7.3; 7.10
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 311 (a)
	  	7.11
	 (b)
	  	7.11
	 (c)
	  	N.A.
	 312 (a)
	  	2.5
	 (b)
	  	11.3
	 (c)
	  	11.3
	 313 (a)
	  	7.6
	 (b)(1)
	  	7.6
	 (b)(2)
	  	7.6; 7.7
	 (c)
	  	7.6; 11.2
	 (d)
	  	7.6
	 314 (a)
	  	4.3; 11.5
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)(1)
	  	11.4
	 (c)(2)
	  	11.4
	 (c)(3)
	  	N.A.
	 (d)
	  	9.1, 10.4, 10.5
	 (e)
	  	11.5
	 (f)
	  	N.A.
	 315 (a)
	  	7.1
	 (b)
	  	1.1, 7.5; 11.2
	 (c)
	  	7.1
	 (d)
	  	7.1
	 (e)
	  	6.11
	 316 (a) (last sentence)
	  	2.9
	 (a)(1)(A)
	  	6.5
	 (a)(1)(B)
	  	6.4
	 (a)(2)
	  	N.A.
	 (b)
	  	6.7
	 (c)
	  	2.13
	 317 (a)(1)
	  	6.8
	 (a)(2)
	  	6.9
	 (b)
	  	2.3
	 318 (a)
	  	11.1
	 (b)
	  	N.A.
	 (c)
	  	11.1

 N.A. means not applicable. 
  

	*	This Cross-Reference Table is not part of the Indenture. 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	
	ARTICLE I
	
	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
			
	 SECTION 1.1
	  	Definitions	  	1
	 SECTION 1.2
	  	Other Definitions	  	26
	 SECTION 1.3
	  	Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act	  	26
	 SECTION 1.4
	  	Rules of Construction	  	26
	
	ARTICLE II
	
	THE NOTES
			
	 SECTION 2.1
	  	Form and Dating	  	27
	 SECTION 2.2
	  	Execution and Authentication	  	28
	 SECTION 2.3
	  	Registrar; Paying Agent	  	29
	 SECTION 2.4
	  	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	  	29
	 SECTION 2.5
	  	Holder Lists	  	29
	 SECTION 2.6
	  	Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities	  	29
	 SECTION 2.7
	  	Replacement Notes	  	31
	 SECTION 2.8
	  	Outstanding Notes	  	31
	 SECTION 2.9
	  	Treasury Notes	  	32
	 SECTION 2.10
	  	Temporary Notes	  	32
	 SECTION 2.11
	  	Cancellation	  	32
	 SECTION 2.12
	  	Defaulted Interest	  	32
	 SECTION 2.13
	  	Record Date	  	32
	 SECTION 2.14
	  	Computation of Interest	  	32
	 SECTION 2.15
	  	CUSIP Number	  	33
	 SECTION 2.16
	  	Special Transfer Provisions	  	33
	 SECTION 2.17
	  	Issuance of Additional Notes	  	34
	
	ARTICLE III
	
	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
			
	 SECTION 3.1
	  	Notices to Trustee	  	34
	 SECTION 3.2
	  	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	  	35
	 SECTION 3.3
	  	Notice of Redemption	  	35
	 SECTION 3.4
	  	Effect of Notice of Redemption	  	36
	 SECTION 3.5
	  	Deposit of Redemption of Purchase Price	  	36
	 SECTION 3.6
	  	Notes Redeemed in Part	  	36
	 SECTION 3.7
	  	Optional Redemption	  	36
	 SECTION 3.8
	  	Mandatory Redemption	  	37
	 SECTION 3.9
	  	Offer to Purchase	  	37
	
	ARTICLE IV
	
	COVENANTS
			
	 SECTION 4.1
	  	Payment of Notes	  	38
	 SECTION 4.2
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency	  	38

  

 -i- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	 SECTION 4.3
	  	Provision of Financial Information	  	39
	 SECTION 4.4
	  	Compliance Certificate	  	40
	 SECTION 4.5
	  	Taxes; Insurance	  	40
	 SECTION 4.6
	  	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	  	41
	 SECTION 4.7
	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments	  	41
	 SECTION 4.8
	  	Limitation on Dividends and Other Payments Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries	  	45
	 SECTION 4.9
	  	Limitation on Incurrence of Debt	  	46
	 SECTION 4.10
	  	Limitation on Asset Sales	  	47
	 SECTION 4.11
	  	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates	  	49
	 SECTION 4.12
	  	Limitation on Liens	  	50
	 SECTION 4.13
	  	Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions	  	50
	 SECTION 4.14
	  	Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control	  	51
	 SECTION 4.15
	  	Corporate Existence	  	51
	 SECTION 4.16
	  	[Reserved]	  	52
	 SECTION 4.17
	  	Business Activities	  	52
	 SECTION 4.18
	  	[Reserved]	  	52
	 SECTION 4.19
	  	[Reserved]	  	52
	 SECTION 4.20
	  	Additional Note Guarantees	  	52
	 SECTION 4.21
	  	Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries	  	52
	 SECTION 4.22
	  	Further Instruments and Acts	  	53
	
	ARTICLE V
	
	SUCCESSORS
			
	 SECTION 5.1
	  	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets	  	53
	 SECTION 5.2
	  	Successor Person Substituted	  	54
	
	ARTICLE VI
	
	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
			
	 SECTION 6.1
	  	Events of Default	  	54
	 SECTION 6.2
	  	Acceleration	  	56
	 SECTION 6.3
	  	Other Remedies	  	56
	 SECTION 6.4
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults	  	57
	 SECTION 6.5
	  	Control by Majority	  	57
	 SECTION 6.6
	  	Limitation on Suits	  	57
	 SECTION 6.7
	  	Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment	  	57
	 SECTION 6.8
	  	Collection Suit by Trustee	  	57
	 SECTION 6.9
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	  	58
	 SECTION 6.10
	  	Priorities	  	58
	 SECTION 6.11
	  	Undertaking for Costs	  	58
	
	ARTICLE VII
	
	TRUSTEE
			
	 SECTION 7.1
	  	Duties of Trustee	  	59
	 SECTION 7.2
	  	Rights of Trustee	  	60
	 SECTION 7.3
	  	Individual Rights of Trustee	  	60
	 SECTION 7.4
	  	Trustee’s Disclaimer	  	61
	 SECTION 7.5
	  	Notice of Defaults	  	61
	 SECTION 7.6
	  	Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes	  	61
	 SECTION 7.7
	  	Compensation and Indemnity	  	61

  

 -ii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	 SECTION 7.8
	  	Replacement of Trustee	  	62
	 SECTION 7.9
	  	Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.	  	63
	 SECTION 7.10
	  	Eligibility; Disqualification	  	63
	 SECTION 7.11
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer	  	63
	 SECTION 7.12
	  	Trustee’s Application for Instructions from the Issuer	  	63
	 SECTION 7.13
	  	Limitation of Liability	  	63
	
	ARTICLE VIII
	
	DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
			
	 SECTION 8.1
	  	Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	64
	 SECTION 8.2
	  	Defeasance and Discharge	  	64
	 SECTION 8.3
	  	Covenant Defeasance	  	65
	 SECTION 8.4
	  	Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	  	65
	 SECTION 8.5
	  	Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	  	67
	 SECTION 8.6
	  	Repayment to Issuer	  	67
	 SECTION 8.7
	  	Reinstatement	  	67
	
	ARTICLE IX
	
	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
			
	 SECTION 9.1
	  	Without Consent of Holders of the Notes	  	68
	 SECTION 9.2
	  	With Consent of Holders of Notes	  	68
	 SECTION 9.3
	  	Compliance with Trust Indenture Act	  	69
	 SECTION 9.4
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents	  	69
	 SECTION 9.5
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes	  	69
	 SECTION 9.6
	  	Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.	  	70
	
	ARTICLE X
	
	NOTE GUARANTEES
			
	 SECTION 10.1
	  	Note Guarantees	  	70
	 SECTION 10.2
	  	Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee.	  	71
	 SECTION 10.3
	  	Severability	  	71
	 SECTION 10.4
	  	Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability	  	71
	 SECTION 10.5
	  	Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms	  	72
	 SECTION 10.6
	  	Releases Following Sale of Assets	  	72
	 SECTION 10.7
	  	Release of a Guarantor	  	73
	 SECTION 10.8
	  	Benefits Acknowledged	  	73
	 SECTION 10.9
	  	Future Guarantors	  	73
	
	ARTICLE XI
	
	MISCELLANEOUS
			
	 SECTION 11.1
	  	Trust Indenture Act Controls	  	73
	 SECTION 11.2
	  	Notices	  	73
	 SECTION 11.3
	  	Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes	  	74
	 SECTION 11.4
	  	Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	  	74
	 SECTION 11.5
	  	Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	  	75
	 SECTION 11.6
	  	Rules by Trustee and Agents	  	75

  

 -iii- 

					
	 	  	 	  	Page
	 SECTION 11.7
	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders	  	75
	 SECTION 11.8
	  	Governing Law	  	75
	 SECTION 11.9
	  	No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	  	75
	 SECTION 11.10
	  	Successors	  	76
	 SECTION 11.11
	  	Severability	  	76
	 SECTION 11.12
	  	Counterpart Originals	  	76
	 SECTION 11.13
	  	Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.	  	76
	 SECTION 11.14
	  	Acts of Holders	  	76

 EXHIBITS 
  

			
	Exhibit A	  	FORM OF NOTE
	 Exhibit B
	  	FORM OF NOTATIONAL GUARANTEE
	 Exhibit C
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO RULE 144A
	 Exhibit D
	  	FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S

  

 -iv- 

 This Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2006, is by and among PNA Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the “Company” or the “Issuer”), the Guarantors (as defined herein) and The Bank of New York, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”). 
 Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the holders of (i) the Issuer’s 10
3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 issued on the date hereof that contain the restrictive legend in Exhibit A (the “Initial Notes”), (ii) Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the Registration
Rights Agreement or pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act without the restrictive legend in Exhibit A (the “Exchange Notes”) and (iii) Additional Notes issued from time to time as
either Initial Notes or Exchange Notes (together with the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes, the “Notes”): 
 ARTICLE I

 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 
 SECTION 1.1 Definitions. 
 “Acquired Debt” means Debt of a Person (including an
Unrestricted Subsidiary) existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person. 
 “Additional Notes” means Notes (other than the Initial Notes on the Issue Date) issued pursuant to Article II hereof and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture. 

“Affiliate” of any Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect
common control with such Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the
ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings that correspond to the foregoing. For purposes of Section 4.11, any Person directly or indirectly owning
10% or more of the outstanding Capital Interests of the Company and any Person who is a Permitted Holder will be deemed an Affiliate. 
 “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar. 
 “Applicable Premium” means, with
respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of: 
 (1) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of
the Note; and 
 (2) the excess of: 
 (a) the present value at such redemption date of (i) the Redemption Price of the Note at September 1, 2011 such Redemption Price
being set forth in the table appearing in Section 3.7(b) plus (ii) all required interest payments due on the Note through September 1, 2011 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury
Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over 
 (b) the then outstanding principal amount of the Note.

 “Asset Acquisition” means: 
 (a) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be merged with or into the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary; or 
 (b) the acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person which constitute
all or substantially all of the assets of such Person, any division or line of business of such 

 
Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices. 
 “Asset Sale” means any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition (including, without limitation, dispositions pursuant to
any consolidation or merger) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to any Person (other than to the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries) in any single transaction or series of transactions of: 
 (i) Capital Interests in another Person (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares or interests required to be held by
foreign nationals pursuant to local law); 
 (ii) any other property or assets (other than in the normal course of business,
including any sale or other disposition of obsolete or permanently retired equipment); 
 provided, however, that the term “Asset
Sale” shall exclude: 
 (a) any asset disposition permitted by Section 5.1 that constitutes a disposition of all or
substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole; 
 (b) any transfer,
conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition of property or assets, the gross proceeds of which (exclusive of indemnities) do not exceed in any one or related series of transactions $1.0 million; 
 (c) sales or other dispositions of cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents; 
 (d) sales of Unrestricted Subsidiaries; 
 (e) the sale and leaseback of any assets within 90 days of the acquisition thereof; 
 (f) the
disposition of equipment no longer used in the business of such entity; 
 (g) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment
that is otherwise permitted by this Indenture; 
 (h) any trade-in of equipment in exchange for other equipment; provided
that in the good faith judgment of the Company, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives equipment having a fair market value equal to or greater than the equipment being traded in; 
 (i) any exchange of assets for assets related to a Similar Business to the extent of comparable or better market value, as determined in
good faith by the Company, which in the event of an exchange of assets with a Fair Market Value in excess of (1) $2.0 million shall be evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate, and (2) $10.0 million shall be set forth in a
resolution approved in good faith by at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company; 
 (j) the creation of a
Lien (but not the sale or other disposition of the property subject to such Lien); 
 (k) leases or subleases in the ordinary
course of business to third persons not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (l) any disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; 
 (m) foreclosures on assets not otherwise resulting in a Default or Event of Default; 
  

 -2- 

 (n) dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise
thereof in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; 
 (o) licensing of intellectual property in
accordance with industry practice in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; 
 (p) any transfer of
accounts receivable, or a fractional undivided interest therein, by a Receivable Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction; or 
 (q) sales of accounts receivable to a Receivable Subsidiary pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction for the Fair Market Value thereof; including cash in an amount at least equal to 75% of the Fair Market Value
thereof (for the purposes of this clause (q), Purchase Money Notes will be deemed to be cash). 
 For purposes of this definition, any series
of related transactions that, if effected as a single transaction, would constitute an Asset Sale shall be deemed to be a single Asset Sale effected when the last such transaction which is a part thereof is effected. 
 “Asset Sale Offer” means an Offer to Purchase required to be made by the Company pursuant to Section 4.10 to all Holders.

 “Attributable Debt” under this Indenture in respect of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction means, at the time of
determination, the present value (discounted at the rate of interest implicit in such transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction
(including any period for which such lease has been or may be extended). 
 “Average Life” means, as of any date of
determination, with respect to any Debt, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of (x) the number of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment (including any
sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment requirements) of such Debt multiplied by (y) the amount of such principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments. 
 “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. 
 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating
the beneficial ownership of any particular “person,” as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has
the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. 
 “Board of Directors” means (i) with respect to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, its board of directors or any duly authorized committee thereof; (ii) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors
of such corporation or any duly authorized committee thereof; and (iii) with respect to any other entity, the board of directors or similar body of the general partner or managers of such entity or any duly authorized committee thereof.

 “Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors, unless the context specifically requires that such resolution be adopted by a majority of the Disinterested Directors, in which case by a majority of such Disinterested
Directors, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification and delivered to the Trustee. 
 “Business
Day” means any day other than a Legal Holiday. 
  

 -3- 

 “Capital Interests” in any Person means any and all shares, interests (including
Preferred Interests), participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated) in such Person and any rights (other than Debt securities convertible into an equity interest), warrants or options to acquire an equity interest
in such Person. 
 “Capital Lease Obligations” means any obligation under a lease that is required to be capitalized for
financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP; and the amount of Debt represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of
the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty. For purposes of Section 4.12, a Capital Lease Obligation shall be
deemed secured by a Lien on the Property being leased. 
 “Certificated Notes” means Notes that are in the form of
Exhibit A attached hereto. 
 “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 (a) the Company becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange
Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes the
ultimate “beneficial owner” (as such term is used in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that for purposes of this clause (a) such person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares
that any such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Interests in the Company; or 
 (b) after the consummation of an initial public offering, during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of
such period constituted the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by the Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the equityholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a majority of the
directors of the Company then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Company’s
Board of Directors then in office; or 
 (c) the Company sells, conveys, transfers or leases (either in one transaction or a
series of related transactions) all or substantially all of its assets to, or merges or consolidates with, a Person other than (x) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or (y) a Successor Entity in which a majority or more of the voting
power of the Voting Interests is held by the Permitted Holders. 
 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange
Commission and any successor thereto. 
 “Common Interests” of any Person means Capital Interests in such Person that do not
rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to Capital Interests of any other class in such Person. 
 “Company” or “Issuer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto until a successor replaces it in accordance with
the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed
Charges” means, with respect to any person for any period: 
 (a) the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for
such period, taken as a single accounting period, of: 
 (i) Consolidated Net Income; 
  

 -4- 

 (ii) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; 
 (iii) Consolidated Interest Expense to the extent the same was deducted in computing Consolidated Net Income; 
 (iv) Consolidated Income Tax Expense (other than income tax expense (either positive or negative) attributable to extraordinary gains or
losses); 
 (v) facility closure and severance costs and charges; 
 (vi) impairment charges, including the write-down of Investments; 
 (vii) restructuring expenses and charges; 
 (viii) acquisition integration expenses and charges to the extent incurred prior to the Issue Date; and 
 (ix) any expenses or charges related to any equity offering, Permitted Investment, recapitalization or Debt permitted to be Incurred by this Indenture (whether or not successful) or related to this offering of the
Notes; and 
 (b) less non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than (i) the
accrual of revenue consistent with past practice, and (ii) reversals of prior accruals or reserves for cash items previously excluded in the calculation of Consolidated Non-cash Charges. 
 “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Person, the ratio of the aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash
Flow Available for Fixed Charges of such Person for the four full fiscal quarters, treated as one period, for which financial information in respect thereof is available immediately preceding the date of the transaction (the “Transaction
Date”) giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (such four full fiscal quarter period being referred to herein as the “Four Quarter Period”) to the aggregate amount of Consolidated
Fixed Charges of such Person for the Four Quarter Period. In addition to and without limitation of the foregoing, for purposes of this definition, “Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges” and “Consolidated Fixed
Charges” shall be calculated after giving effect (i) to the cost of any compensation, remuneration or other benefit paid or provided to any employee, consultant, Affiliate, equity owner of the entity involved in any such Asset Acquisition
to the extent such costs are eliminated or reduced (or public announcement has been made of the intent to eliminate or reduce such costs) prior to the date of such calculation and not replaced; and (ii) on a pro forma basis for the period of
such calculation to any Asset Sales or other dispositions or Asset Acquisitions, investments, mergers, consolidations and discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) occurring during the Four-Quarter Period or any time subsequent
to the last day of the Four-Quarter Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date, as if such Asset Sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition (including the incurrence or assumption of any such Acquired Indebtedness), investment, merger,
consolidation or disposed operation occurred on the first day of the Four-Quarter Period. 
 For purposes of this definition, pro forma
calculations shall be made in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act, except that such pro forma calculations may also include operating expense reductions for such period resulting from the Asset
Sale or other disposition or Asset Acquisition, investment, merger, consolidation or discontinued operation (as determined in accordance with GAAP) for which pro forma effect is being given that (A) have been realized or (B) for which
steps have been taken or are reasonably expected to be taken within six months of the date of such transaction and are supportable and quantifiable and, in each case, including, but not limited to, (a) reduction in personnel expenses,
(b) reduction of costs related to administrative functions, (c) reduction of costs related to leased or owned properties and (d) reductions from the consolidation of operations and streamlining of corporate overhead, provided that, in
either case, such adjustments are set forth in an Officers’ Certificate signed by the Company’s chief financial or similar officer that states (i) the amount of such adjustment or adjustments and (ii) in the case of item (B)
above, that such adjustment or adjustments are based on the reasonable good faith belief of the Officer executing such Officers’ Certificate at the time of such execution. 
  

 -5- 

 Furthermore, in calculating “Consolidated Fixed Charges” for purposes of determining the
denominator (but not the numerator) of this “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio”: 
 (a) interest on
outstanding Debt determined on a fluctuating basis as of the Transaction Date and which will continue to be so determined thereafter shall be deemed to have accrued at a fixed rate per annum equal to the rate of interest on such Debt in
effect on the Transaction Date; and 
 (b) if interest on any Debt actually incurred on the Transaction Date may optionally be
determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rates, then the interest rate in effect on the Transaction Date will be deemed to have been in effect during the Four
Quarter Period. 
 If such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly Guarantees Debt of a third Person, the above
clause shall give effect to the incurrence of such Guaranteed Debt as if such Person or such Subsidiary had directly incurred or otherwise assumed such Guaranteed Debt. 
 “Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the sum of, without duplication, the amounts for such period of: 
 (a) Consolidated Interest Expense; and 
 (b) the product of (i) all dividends and other distributions paid or accrued during such period in respect of Redeemable Capital Interests of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (ii) a
fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis
in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Income Tax Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, (x) if
such Person is not a corporation, the Permitted Tax Payments of such Person for such period or (y) if such Person is a corporation, the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries
for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Consolidated Interest Expense” means,
with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of: 
 (i) the interest expense of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation: 
 (a) any amortization of debt discount; 
 (b) the net cost under Interest Rate Protection
Obligations (including any amortization of discounts); 
 (c) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation;

 (d) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptance
financing or similar activities; and 
 (e) all accrued interest; 
  

 -6- 

 (ii) the interest component of Capital Lease Obligations paid, accrued and/or scheduled
to be paid or accrued by such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; 
 (iii) all capitalized interest of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; and 
 (iv) less interest income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period; 
 provided, however, that Consolidated
Interest Expense will exclude (I) the amortization or write off of debt issuance costs and deferred financing fees, commissions, fees and expenses and (II) any expensing of bridge commitment and other financing fees. 
 “Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined in accordance with GAAP, adjusted, to the extent including in calculating such net income, by excluding, without duplication: 
 (i) all extraordinary or nonrecurring gains or losses (net of fees and expense relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), income,
expenses or charges; 
 (ii) the portion of net income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries allocable to minority
interest in unconsolidated Persons or Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the extent that cash dividends or distributions have not actually been received by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (iii) gains or losses in respect of any Asset Sales by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (net of fees and expenses
relating to the transaction giving rise thereto), on an after-tax basis; 
 (iv) the net income (loss) from any disposed or
discontinued operations or any net gains or losses on disposed or discontinued operations, on an after-tax basis; 
 (v)
solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the first paragraph of Section 4.7, the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Guarantor) or such Person to the extent that
the declaration of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order,
statute, rule or governmental regulations applicable to that Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders; 
 (vi) any gain or
loss realized as a result of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; 
 (vii) any fees and expenses paid
in connection with the issuance of the Notes; 
 (viii) non-cash compensation expense incurred with any issuance of equity
interests to an employee of such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (ix) any net after-tax gains or losses attributable
to the early extinguishment of Debt; 
 (x) any non-cash impairment charges or asset write-off or write-down resulting from
the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 or Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 141; and 
 (xi) non-cash gains, losses, income and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133. 
  

 -7- 

 “Consolidated Non-cash Charges” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
aggregate depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles) and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding any such charges constituting an extraordinary item or loss and excluding any charges constituting an extraordinary item or loss or any charge which
requires an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period). 
 “Consolidated Total Debt Ratio” means, as of
any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Total Net Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date of determination to (b) the aggregate amount of Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges for
the then most recent Four Quarter Period, in each case with such pro forma adjustments to Consolidated Total Net Debt and Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the
definition of Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. 
 “Consolidated Total Net Debt” means, as of any date of
determination, an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Hedging Obligations and any undrawn letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business)
less the amount of cash and Eligible Cash Equivalents that would be stated on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of such date of determination. 
 “Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.2 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

 “Credit Agreement” means the Company’s Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility, dated as of May 9, 2006, among
the Company, the Lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A. as agent and Banc of America Securities LLC as the sole lead arranger and book manager, together with all related notes, letters of credit, collateral documents, guarantees and any other
related agreements and instruments executed and delivered in connection therewith, in each case as amended, modified, supplemented, refinanced, refunded or replaced in whole or in part from time to time. 
 “Currency Hedge Obligations” means the obligations of a Person Incurred pursuant to any foreign currency exchange agreement, option or
futures contract or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect against or manage such Person’s exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on Debt permitted under this Indenture. 
 “Debt” means at any time (without duplication), with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of
such Person, or non-recourse, and whether or not contingent, the following: (i) all indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed, excluding any trade payables, other current liabilities incurred in the normal course of business and any
liability for federal, state or local income taxes or other taxes owed by such Person; (ii) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments; (iii) all obligations of such Person with
respect to letters of credit (other than letters of credit for workers’ compensation or similar obligations that are secured by cash obligations), bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person;
(iv) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property or assets acquired by such Person (even if the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in
the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property or assets); (v) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (vi) the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price of Redeemable Capital Interests in such Person at
the time of determination; (vii) any Swap Contracts and Currency Hedge Obligations of such Person at the time of determination; (viii) Attributable Debt with respect to any Sale and Leaseback Transaction to which such Person is a party;
and (ix) all obligations of the types referred to in clauses (i) through (viii) of this definition of another Person and all dividends and other distributions of another Person, the payment of which, in either case, (A) such
Person has Guaranteed or (B) is secured by (or the holder of such Debt or the recipient of such dividends or other distributions has an existing right, whether contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien upon the property or other
assets of such Person, even though such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such Debt, dividends or other distributions. For purposes of the foregoing: (a) the maximum fixed repurchase price of any Redeemable Capital
Interests that do not have a fixed repurchase price shall be 

  

 -8- 

 
calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Capital Interests as if such Redeemable Capital Interests were repurchased on any date on which
Debt shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture; provided, however, that, if such Redeemable Capital Interests are not then permitted to be repurchased, the repurchase price shall be the book value of such Redeemable
Capital Interests; (b) the amount outstanding at any time of any Debt issued with original issue discount is the principal amount of such Debt less the remaining unamortized portion of the original issue discount of such Debt at such time as
determined in conformity with GAAP, but such Debt shall be deemed Incurred only as of the date of original issuance thereof; (c) the amount of any Debt described in clause (ix)(A) above shall be the maximum liability under any such Guarantee;
(d) the amount of any Debt described in clause (ix)(B) above shall be the lesser of (I) the maximum amount of the obligations so secured and (II) the Fair Market Value of such property or other assets; (e) interest, fees, premium, and
expenses and additional payments, if any, will not constitute Debt. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the purchase by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any business, the term “Debt” will exclude (x) customary indemnification obligations and (y) post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such
payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; provided, however, that, at the time of closing, the amount of any such payment is not determinable
and, to the extent such payment thereafter becomes fixed and determined, the amount is paid within 60 days thereafter. 
 The amount of Debt
of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligations, of any contingent
obligations at such date; provided, however, that in the case of Debt sold at a discount, the amount of such Debt at any time will be the accreted value thereof at such time. 
 “Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time, or both, would be, an Event of Default. 
 “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in
Section 2.3 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to Section 2.6 hereof, and, thereafter, “Depositary” shall mean or include such successor.

 “Designated Noncash Consideration” means the fair market value of any noncash consideration received by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of Cash Equivalents
received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated Noncash Consideration. 
 “Designated Preferred Stock”
means Preferred Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, as applicable (other than Redeemable Capital Interests), that is issued for cash (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or an employee
stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) and is so designated as Designated Preferred Stock, pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, on the issuance date thereof, the cash proceeds of which are excluded
from the calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph of Section 4.7. 
 “Disinterested Director”
means, with respect to any proposed transaction between (i) the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, and (ii) an Affiliate thereof (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary), a member of the Board of Directors of the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, who would not be a party to, or have a financial interest in, such transaction and is not an officer, director or employee of, and does not have a financial interest in, such Affiliate. For
purposes of this definition, no person would be deemed not to be a Disinterested Director solely because such person holds Capital Interests in the Company or is an employee of the Company. 
 “Domestic Restricted Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that is formed or otherwise incorporated in the United States or a
State thereof or the District of Columbia. 
  

 -9- 

 “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company (55 Water Street, New York, New York).

 “Eligible Bank” means a bank or trust company that (i) is organized and existing under the laws of the United States
of America or Canada, or any state, territory, province or possession thereof, (ii) as of the time of the making or acquisition of an Investment in such bank or trust company, has combined capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and
(iii) the senior Debt of which is rated at least “A-2” by Moody’s or at least “A” by Standard & Poor’s. 
 “Eligible Cash Equivalents” means any of the following Investments: (i) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided that
the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition; (ii) time deposits in and certificates of deposit of any Eligible Bank, provided that such
Investments have a maturity date not more than two years after date of acquisition and that the Average Life of all such Investments is one year or less from the respective dates of acquisition; (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not
more than 180 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) above entered into with any Eligible Bank; (iv) direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision or public
instrumentality thereof, provided that such Investments mature, or are subject to tender at the option of the Holder thereof, within 365 days after the date of acquisition and, at the time of acquisition, have a rating of at least A from
Standard & Poor’s or A-2 from Moody’s (or an equivalent rating by any other nationally recognized rating agency); (v) commercial paper of any Person other than an Affiliate of the Company, provided that such
Investments have one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s and mature within 180 days after the date of acquisition; (vi) overnight and demand deposits in and bankers’ acceptances
of any Eligible Bank and demand deposits in any bank or trust company to the extent insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation against the Bank Insurance Fund; (vii) money market funds substantially all of the assets of which comprise
Investments of the types described in clauses (i) through (vi), and (viii) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above or funds equivalent to those referred to in clause (vii) above
denominated in Euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tender to those referred to in such clauses and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in jurisdictions outside the United States to the
extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction, all as determined in good faith by the Company. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 “Exchange Notes” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble. 
 “Exchange Offer” means an offer that may be made by the Issuer pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement to exchange Notes bearing
the Restricted Notes Legend for the Exchange Notes. 
 “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” has the meaning given to such
term in the Registration Rights Agreement. 
 “Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds received by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries from: 
 (1) contributions to its common equity capital (or equivalent); and 
 (2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit
plan or agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary) of Capital Interests (other than Redeemable Capital Interests or Designated Preferred Stock) of the Company, 
 in each case, designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate on the date such capital contribution is made or such Capital Stock is sold, as the case may be, which amounts shall be excluded from the
calculation set forth in clause (c) of the first paragraph of the covenant described under Section 4.7. 
 “Expiration
Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.” 
  

 -10- 

 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to the consideration received or paid in any
transaction or series of transactions, the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. In the case of a transaction between the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, on the one hand, and a Receivable Subsidiary, on
the other hand, if the Board of Directors determines in its sole discretion that such determination is appropriate, a determination as to Fair Market Value may be made at the commencement of the transaction and be applicable to all dealings between
the Receivable Subsidiary and the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary during the course of such transaction. 
 “Four Quarter
Period” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.” 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied, as set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or in such other statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession of the United States, which
are in effect as of the Issue Date. 
 “Global Note Legend” means the legend identified as such in Exhibit A
hereto. 
 “Global Notes” means the Notes in global form that are in the form of Exhibit A hereto. 

“Guarantee” means, as applied to any Debt of another Person, (i) a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable
instruments for collection in the normal course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner, of any part or all of such Debt, (ii) any direct or indirect obligation, contingent or otherwise, of a Person guaranteeing or having the effect of
guaranteeing the Debt of any other Person in any manner and (iii) an agreement of a Person, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in
the event of non-performance) of all or any part of such Debt of another Person (and “Guaranteed” and “Guaranteeing” shall have meanings that correspond to the foregoing). 
 “Guarantor” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is a signatory to this Indenture or executes a Note Guarantee or supplemental
indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and their respective successors and assigns. 
 “Hedging
Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such person pursuant to any interest rate agreement, currency agreement or commodity agreement. 
 “Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register. 
 “Incur” means, with respect to any Debt or other obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume, Guarantee or otherwise become liable in respect of such Debt or other
obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such Debt or other obligation on the balance sheet of such Person; provided, however, that a change in GAAP that results in an obligation of such Person
that exists at such time becoming Debt shall not be deemed an Incurrence of such Debt. Debt otherwise Incurred by a Person before it becomes a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed to be Incurred at the time at which such Person becomes a
Subsidiary of the Company. “Incurrence,” “Incurred,” “Incurrable” and “Incurring” shall have meanings that correspond to the foregoing. A Guarantee by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary of Debt Incurred by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, shall not be a separate Incurrence of Debt. In addition, the following shall not be deemed a separate Incurrence of Debt: 
 (1) amortization of debt discount or accretion of principal with respect to a non-interest bearing or other discount security; 

(2) the payment of regularly scheduled interest in the form of additional Debt of the same instrument or the payment of regularly
scheduled dividends on Capital Stock in the form of additional Capital Stock of the same class and with the same terms; 
  

 -11- 

 (3) the obligation to pay a premium in respect of Debt arising in connection with the
issuance of a notice of redemption or making of a mandatory offer to purchase such Debt; and 
 (4) unrealized losses or
charges in respect of Hedging Obligations. 
 “Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to
time. 
 “Initial Notes” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto. 
 “Interest Rate Protection Agreements” means, with respect to any Person, any arrangement with any other Person whereby, directly or
indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such Person calculated by
applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements. 
 “Interest Rate Protection Obligations” means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Protection Agreements.

 “Investment” by any Person means any direct or indirect loan, advance (or other extension of credit) or capital
contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property or assets to another Person or any other payments for property or services for the account or use of another Person) another Person, including, without limitation, the following:
(i) the purchase or acquisition of any Capital Interest or other evidence of beneficial ownership in another Person; (ii) the purchase, acquisition or Guarantee of the Debt of another Person or the issuance of a “keep-well” with
respect thereto; and (iii) the purchase or acquisition of the business or assets of another Person; but shall exclude: (a) accounts receivable and other extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms in accordance with normal
trade practices; (b) the acquisition of property and assets from suppliers and other vendors in the normal course of business; and (c) prepaid expenses and workers’ compensation, utility, lease and similar deposits in the normal
course of business. 
 “Issuer” or “Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto until a
successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “Issue
Date” means August 15, 2006, the date on which the initial $250.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes is originally issued under this Indenture. 
 “Legal Holiday” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York, the city in which the
principal Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located or at a place of payment are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date in a place of payment is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made
at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. 
 “Lien” means, with respect to any property or other asset, any mortgage or deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), charge, easement,
encumbrance, preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or other asset (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing). 
 “Management Agreement” means
the corporate advisory services agreement by and among the Company and the Permitted Holders as in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Master Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Swap Contract.” 
 “Net Cash
Proceeds” means, with respect to Asset Sales of any Person, cash and Eligible Cash Equivalents received, net of: (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of such Person incurred in connection with such a sale, including, without
limitation, all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses 

  

 -12- 

 
incurred and all federal, state, foreign and local taxes arising in connection with such an Asset Sale that are paid or required to be accrued as a liability
under GAAP by such Person; (ii) all payments made by such Person on any Debt that is secured by such properties or other assets in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon or with respect to such properties or other assets or that must, by
the terms of such Lien or such Debt, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such transaction or by applicable law, be repaid to any other Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof) in connection with such Asset Sale;
and (iii) all contractually required distributions and other payments made to minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person as a result of such transaction; provided, however, that: (a) in the event that
any consideration for an Asset Sale (which would otherwise constitute Net Cash Proceeds) is required by (I) contract to be held in escrow pending determination of whether a purchase price adjustment will be made or (II) GAAP to be reserved
against other liabilities in connection with such Asset Sale, such consideration (or any portion thereof) shall become Net Cash Proceeds only at such time as it is released to such Person from escrow or otherwise; and (b) any non-cash
consideration received in connection with any transaction, which is subsequently converted to cash, shall become Net Cash Proceeds only at such time as it is so converted. 
 “Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Receivable Subsidiary.”

 “Note Custodian” means the Trustee when serving as custodian for the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes, or any
successor entity thereto. 
 “Note Guarantee” means any guarantee of the Notes by any Guarantor pursuant to this Indenture.

 “Notes” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture. 
 “Obligations” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities of any
kind payable under the documentation governing any Debt. 
 “Offer” has the meaning set forth in the definition of
“Offer to Purchase.” 
 “Offer to Purchase” means a written offer (the “Offer”) sent by the
Company by first class mail, postage prepaid, to each Holder at his address appearing in the Note Register on the date of the Offer, offering to purchase up to the aggregate principal amount of Notes set forth in such Offer at the purchase price set
forth in such Offer (as determined pursuant to this Indenture). Unless otherwise required by applicable law, the offer shall specify an expiration date (the “Expiration Date”) of the Offer to Purchase which shall be, subject to any
contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of mailing of such Offer and a settlement date (the “Purchase Date”) for purchase of Notes within five Business Days after the
Expiration Date. The Company shall notify the Trustee at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the mailing of the Offer of the Company’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be
mailed by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. The Offer shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to
Purchase. The Offer shall also state: 
 (1) the Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Offer to Purchase is being
made; 
 (2) the Expiration Date and the Purchase Date; 
 (3) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes offered to be purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase (including, if less
than 100%, the manner by which such amount has been determined pursuant to Indenture covenants requiring the Offer to Purchase) (the “Purchase Amount”); 
 (4) the purchase price to be paid by the Company for each $2,000 principal amount of Notes (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof) accepted for payment (as specified pursuant to this Indenture) (the “Purchase Price”); 
  

 -13- 

 (5) that the Holder may tender all or any portion of the Notes registered in the name of
such Holder and that any portion of a Note tendered must be tendered in a minimum amount of $2,000 principal amount (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof); 
 (6) the place or places where Notes are to be surrendered for tender pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, if applicable; 
 (7) that, unless the Company defaults in making such purchase, any Note accepted for purchase pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will cease
to accrue interest on and after the Purchase Date, but that any Note not tendered or tendered but not purchased by the Company pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will continue to accrue interest at the same rate; 
 (8) that, on the Purchase Date, the Purchase Price will become due and payable upon each Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer
to Purchase; 
 (9) that each Holder electing to tender a Note pursuant to the Offer to Purchase will be required to surrender
such Note or cause such Note to be surrendered at the place or places set forth in the Offer prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date (such Note being, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a
written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing); 
 (10) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw all or any portion of Notes tendered if the Company (or its paying agent) receives, not
later than the close of business on the Expiration Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the aggregate principal amount of the Notes the Holder tendered, the certificate number of the Note the Holder tendered
and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing all or a portion of his tender; 
 (11) that (a) if Notes having an
aggregate principal amount less than or equal to the Purchase Amount are duly tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company shall purchase all such Notes and (b) if Notes having an aggregate principal amount in
excess of the Purchase Amount are tendered and not withdrawn pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, the Company shall purchase Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the Purchase Amount on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as
may be deemed appropriate so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 principal amount or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof shall be purchased); and 
 (12) if applicable, that, in the case of any Holder whose Note is purchased only in part, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in the aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpurchased portion of
the aggregate principal amount of the Notes so tendered. 
 “Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum related to
the issuance of the Initial Notes on the Issue Date, dated August 4, 2006. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to any
Person, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary or any
Vice-President of such Person. 
 “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Company or
a Guarantor, as applicable, one of whom must be the principal executive officer, the principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company or such Guarantor, as applicable. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of
or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. 
  

 -14- 

 “Participant” means, with respect to DTC, a Person who has an account with DTC.

 “Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or
redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance, covenant defeasance or similar payment with respect to, any Notes on behalf of the Issuer. 
 “Permitted Business” means any business similar in nature to any business conducted by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date and any business reasonably ancillary, incidental, complementary or related
to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the business conducted by the Issuer and the Restricted Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, in each case, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. 
 “Permitted Debt” means 
 (i) Debt Incurred pursuant to any Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (x) $300.0 million and (y) the sum of (A) 70% of the
book value of the inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) 90% of the book value of the accounts receivable of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, determined by the book value set forth on the
consolidated balance sheet of the Company for the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date on which such Debt is Incurred for which internal financial statements are available) and, in each case, minus (A) any amount used to permanently
repay such Obligations (or permanently reduce commitments with respect thereto) pursuant to Section 4.10 and (B) any Qualified Receivables Transaction permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (xxi); 
 (ii) Debt outstanding under the Notes on the Issue Date (and any Exchange Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement) and
contribution, indemnification and reimbursement obligations owed by the Company or any Guarantor to any of the other of them in respect of amounts paid or payable on such Initial Notes; 
 (iii) Guarantees of the Notes (and any Exchange Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement); 
 (iv) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding at the time of the Issue Date (other than clauses (i), (ii) or
(iii) above); 
 (v) Debt owed to and held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (vi) Guarantees Incurred by the Company of Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (vii) Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including Guarantees by any Restricted
Subsidiary of Debt under the Credit Agreement, provided that (a) such Debt is Permitted Debt or is otherwise Incurred in accordance with Section 4.9 hereof and (b) such Guarantees are subordinated to the Notes to the same
extent as the Debt being guaranteed; 
 (viii) Debt incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self-insurance
obligations, indemnity, bid, performance, warranty, release, appeal, surety and similar bonds, letters of credit for operating purposes and completion guarantees provided or incurred (including Guarantees thereof) by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business; 
 (ix) Debt under Swap Contracts and Currency Hedge Obligations; 

(x) Debt owed by the Company to any Restricted Subsidiary, provided that if for any reason such Debt ceases to be held by the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable, such Debt shall cease to be Permitted Debt and shall be deemed Incurred as Debt of the Company for purposes of this Indenture; 
  

 -15- 

 (xi) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Capital Lease
Obligations and Purchase Money Debt under this clause, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such Debt outstanding at any time may not exceed $50.0 million in the aggregate; 
 (xii) Debt arising from agreements of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for indemnification, contribution, earnout,
adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Capital Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted under this
Indenture; 
 (xiii) the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or to any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries of shares of preferred stock; provided, however, that: 
 (a) any subsequent issuance or
transfer of Capital Interests that results in any such preferred stock being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and 
 (b) any sale or other transfer of any such preferred stock to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company 
 shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such preferred stock by such Restricted Subsidiary that was not
permitted by this clause (xiii); 
 (xiv) Debt arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check,
draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; provided, however, that such Debt is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence; 
 (xv) Debt of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise permitted pursuant to this definition, in an aggregate principal
amount not to exceed $35.0 million at any time outstanding, which Debt may be Incurred under a Credit Agreement; 
 (xvi)
Acquired Debt of Persons that are acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or merged into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; provided, however, that such Debt is
not Incurred in contemplation of such acquisition or merger or to provide all or a portion of the funds or credit support required to consummate such acquisition or merger; provided further, however, that after giving effect to such
acquisition and the Incurrence of such Debt the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt pursuant to the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph Section 4.9; 
 (xvii) Refinancing Debt; 
 (xviii) Debt consisting of promissory notes issued by the Company or any Guarantor to current or former officers, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance purchases or
redemptions of shares of, or options to purchase shares of, common stock of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company made in reliance on clause (iv) of the second paragraph of Section 4.7; 
 (xix) Debt of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from customary cash management services or the honoring by a bank
or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument inadvertently (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; provided,
however, that such Debt is extinguished within five Business Days of Incurrence; 
 (xx) Debt of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary consisting of (a) the financing of insurance premiums or (b) take or pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices; and

  

 -16- 

 (xxi) Purchase Money Notes Incurred by any Receivable Subsidiary that is a Restricted
Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Transaction and Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness. 
 Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, Debt permitted under clause (i) of this definition of “Permitted Debt” shall not constitute “Refinancing Debt” under clause (xvii) of this definition of “Permitted Debt.” 
 “Permitted Holders” means Platinum Equity Advisors, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or any of its Affiliates. 
 “Permitted Investments” means: 
 (a) Investments in existence on the Issue Date; 
 (b) Investments required pursuant to any
agreement or obligation of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, in effect on the Issue Date, to make such Investments; 
 (c) Eligible Cash Equivalents; 
 (d) Investments in property and other assets owned or used by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in the normal course of business; 
 (e) Investments by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; 
 (f) Investments by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment (A) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or (B) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its
assets to, or is liquidated or wound-up into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (g) Swap Contracts and Currency Hedge
Obligations; 
 (h) non-cash consideration received in conjunction with an Asset Sale that is otherwise permitted under
Section 4.10; 
 (i) Investments received in settlement of obligations owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
and as a result of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (j) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than in an Affiliate) not otherwise permitted under this definition, in
an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed $55.0 million; 
 (k) any Investment by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Similar Business (other than an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (k), not to exceed $45.0 million
(with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (k) is made in any Person that is
not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is a Guarantor after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made
pursuant to clause (e) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (k) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor; 
 (l) loans and advances (including for travel and relocation) to employees in an amount not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate at any
one time outstanding; 
  

 -17- 

 (m) Investments the payment for which consists solely of Capital Interests of the
Company; 
 (n) any Investment in any Person to the extent such Investment represents the non-cash portion of the
consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale consummated in compliance with Section 4.10 or any other disposition of Property not constituting an Asset Sale; 
 (o) any acquisition of assets or Capital Interests solely in exchange for the issuance of Capital Interests (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Company; 
 (p) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Receivable Subsidiary or any
Investment by a Receivable Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, so long as any Investment in a Receivable Subsidiary is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an Investment in Capital Interests;

 (q) payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be
treated as expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice; and 
 (r) guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) of Debt otherwise permitted by Section 4.9. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 
 (a) Liens existing at the Issue Date; 
 (b) Liens that secure Obligations incurred pursuant
to clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” (and any related Currency Hedge Obligations permitted under the indenture related thereto); 
 (c) any Lien for taxes or assessments or other governmental charges or levies not then due and payable (or which, if due and payable, are
being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves are being maintained, to the extent required by GAAP); 
 (d)
any statutory warehousemen’s, materialmen’s, landlord’s or other similar Liens for sums not then due and payable (or which, if due and payable, are being contested in good faith and with respect to which adequate reserves are being
maintained, to the extent required by GAAP); 
 (e) any title exception, easement, right-of-way, lease, sublease or other
similar Lien that does not materially impair the use or value of the property subject thereto in its use in the business of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof; 
 (f) Liens on property or other assets (i) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of
statutory obligations or the requirements of any official body, or (ii) to secure the performance of tenders, bids, surety or performance bonds, leases, purchase, construction, sales or servicing contracts and other similar obligations Incurred
in the normal course of business consistent with industry practice, or (iii) to obtain or secure obligations with respect to letters of credit, Guarantees, bonds or other sureties or assurances given in connection with the activities described
in clauses (i) and (ii) above, in each case not Incurred or made in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property or services or imposed by ERISA or
the Code in connection with a “plan” (as defined in ERISA) (other than any Lien imposed in connection with the Company’s 401(k) Plan), or (iv) arising in connection with any attachment or judgment unless such Liens shall not be
satisfied or discharged or stayed pending appeal within 60 days after the entry thereof or the expiration of any such stay; 
 (g) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (and not 

  

 -18- 

 
Incurred in anticipation of such transaction), provided that such Liens are not extended to the property and assets of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries other than the property or assets acquired; 
 (h) Liens securing Debt of a Restricted Subsidiary owed to and
held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof; 
 (i) other Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, or the ownership of their assets that do not materially impair the use or value of the property subject thereto in its use in the business of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary; 
 (j) Liens securing obligations under Swap Contracts, and Currency Hedge Obligations Incurred in connection with
managing interest or currency risk resulting from or related to a Credit Agreement; 
 (k) Liens to secure any permitted
extension, renewal, refinancing or refunding (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancings or refundings), in whole or in part, of any Debt secured by Liens referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (j); provided that such
Liens do not extend to any other property or assets and the principal amount of the obligations secured by such Liens is not increased; 
 (l) Liens in favor of customs or revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of custom duties in connection with the importation of goods; 
 (m) licenses of intellectual property granted in the ordinary course of business; 
 (n) Liens to secure Capital Lease Obligations permitted to be incurred pursuant to clause (xi) of the definition of “Permitted
Debt”; 
 (o) Liens in favor of the Company or any Guarantor; 
 (p) Liens in favor of Issuer of surety bonds or letters of credit issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in
the ordinary course of its business; 
 (q) Liens upon specific items of inventory or other goods and proceeds of any Person
securing such Person’s obligation in respect of banker’s acceptances issued or created in the ordinary course of business for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 (r) minor survey exceptions, minor encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses,
rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real property or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of
its properties which were not Incurred in connection with Debt and which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person; 
 (s) Liens securing Debt Incurred to finance the construction, purchase or lease of, or repairs, improvements or additions to, property,
plant or equipment of such Person; provided, however, that the Lien may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at the time the Lien is Incurred (other than assets and property
affixed or appurtenant thereto and any proceeds thereof), and the Debt (other than any interest thereon) secured by the Lien may not be Incurred more than 180 days after the later of the acquisition, completion of construction, repair, improvement,
addition or commencement of full operation of the property subject to the Lien; 
 (t) Liens on property or shares of Capital
Interests of another Person at the time such other Person becomes a Subsidiary of such Person; provided, however, that the Liens may not extend to any other property owned by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other
than assets and property affixed or appurtenant thereto); 
  

 -19- 

 (u) Liens to support trade letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business;

 (v) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to commercial letters of credit which encumber documents and
other property relating to such letters of credit and products and proceeds thereof; 
 (w) Liens encumbering deposits made to
secure obligations arising from statutory, regulatory, contractual, or warranty requirements of the Company, including rights of offset and set-off; 
 (x) Liens from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default; 
 (y) Deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers; 
 (z) Leases or subleases granted to others that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (aa) Liens arising from UCC financing statements regarding leases; 
 (bb) Liens to secure any Refinancing Debt (or successive Refinancing Debt) as a whole, or in part, of any Debt secured by any Lien;
provided, however, that: 
 (A) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property and assets
that secured or, under the written agreements pursuant to which the original Lien arose, could secure the original Lien (plus improvements and accessions to such property or proceeds or distributions thereof), and 
 (B) the Debt secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (i) the outstanding principal
amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Debt at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any reasonable fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding,
extension, renewal or replacement; 
 (cc) Liens not otherwise permitted under this Indenture in an aggregate amount not to
exceed $20.0 million; 
 (dd) Liens on the Capital Interests of a Receivable Subsidiary and accounts receivable and
related assets described in the definition of Qualified Receivables Transaction, in each case, incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and 
 (ee) any extensions, substitutions, replacements or renewals of the foregoing. 
 “Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. 
 “Preferred Interests,” as applied to the Capital Interests in
any Person, means Capital Interests in such Person of any class or classes (however designated) that rank prior, as to the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of such Person, to shares of Common Interests in such Person. 
 “Purchase Amount” has the meaning set forth in the
definition of “Offer to Purchase.” 
  

 -20- 

 “Purchase Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to
Purchase.” 
 “Purchase Money Debt” means Debt 
 (i) Incurred to finance the purchase or construction (including additions and improvements thereto) of any assets of such Person or any
Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (ii) that is secured by a Lien on such assets where the lender’s sole security is to the
assets so purchased or constructed, 
 in either case that does not exceed 100% of the cost and to the extent the purchase or construction prices for such
assets are or should be included in “addition to property, plant or equipment” in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Purchase Money
Note” means a promissory note of a Receivable Subsidiary to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, which note must be repaid from cash available to the Receivable Subsidiary, other than amounts required to be established as reserves
pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables. The repayment of a Purchase Money Note may
be subordinated to the repayment of other liabilities of the Receivable Subsidiary on terms determined in good faith by the Company to be substantially consistent with market practice in connection with Qualified Receivables Transactions.

 “Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Offer to Purchase.” 
 “Qualified Capital Interests” in any Person means a class of Capital Interests other than Redeemable Capital Interests. 
 “Qualified Equity Offering” means (i) an underwritten public equity offering of Qualified Capital Interests pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act yielding gross proceeds to either of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, of at least $25.0 million or (ii) a private equity offering of Qualified
Capital Interests of the Company, or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company, other than (x) any such public or private sale to an entity that is an Affiliate of the Company and (y) any public offerings registered on Form S-8;
provided that, in the case of an offering or sale by a direct or indirect parent company of the Company, such parent company contributes to the capital of the Company the portion of the net cash proceeds of such offering or sale necessary to
pay the aggregate Redemption Price (plus accrued interest to the redemption date) of the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to Section 3.7(c). 
 “Qualified Receivables Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers to
(a) a Receivable Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivable Subsidiary), or grants a security interest in, any accounts
receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all
Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with an
accounts receivable financing transaction; provided such transaction is on market terms as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such transaction.

 “Real Estate Affiliates” means any direct or indirect subsidiary of Holdings that owns real estate that is leased to the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries and whose results of operations are consolidated with the Company in accordance with FASB Interpretation No. 46R, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” (“FIN 46”) or any
comparable provision. 
  

 -21- 

 “Receivable Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company: 
 (1) that is formed solely for the purpose of, and that engages in no activities other than activities in connection with, financing
accounts receivable of the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (2) that is designated by the Board of Directors as
a Receivable Subsidiary pursuant to a Board of Directors’ resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate and delivered to the Trustee; 
 (3) that is either (a) a Restricted Subsidiary or (b) an Unrestricted Subsidiary designated in accordance with Section 4.21; 
 (4) no portion of the Debt or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of which (a) is at any time Guaranteed by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than any Guarantee of Debt) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (b) is at any time recourse to or obligates the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any
way, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings or (c) subjects any asset of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other
than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings (such Indebtedness, “Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Debt”); 
 (5) with which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than (a) contracts, agreements, arrangements and understandings entered
into in the ordinary course of business on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company in connection with a Qualified
Receivables Transaction as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, (b) fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable in connection with such a Qualified Receivables
Transaction as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company and (c) any Purchase Money Note issued by such Receivable Subsidiary to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and 
 (6) with respect to which neither the Company nor any other Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation (a) to subscribe for additional
shares of Capital Interests therein or make any additional capital contribution or similar payment or transfer thereto except in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction or (b) to maintain or preserve the solvency or any balance
sheet term, financial condition, level of income or results of operations thereof. 
 “Redeemable Capital Interests” in any
Person means any equity security of such Person that by its terms (or by terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or otherwise (including the passage of time or the happening of an event), is required to
be redeemed, is redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof in whole or in part (including by operation of a sinking fund), or is convertible or exchangeable for Debt of such Person at the option of the Holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any
time prior to the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided that only the portion of such equity security which is required to be redeemed, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the Holder thereof before such
date will be deemed to be Redeemable Capital Interests. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any equity security that would constitute Redeemable Capital Interests solely because the holders of the equity security have the right to require the
Company to repurchase such equity security upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale will not constitute Redeemable Capital Interests if the terms of such equity security provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any
such equity security pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.7. The amount of Redeemable Capital Interests deemed to be outstanding at any time for purposes of this Indenture will be the maximum
amount that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may become obligated to pay upon the maturity of, or pursuant to any mandatory redemption provisions of, such Redeemable Capital Interests or portion thereof, exclusive of accrued dividends.

 “Redemption Price,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed
pursuant to this Indenture. 
  

 -22- 

 “Refinancing Debt” means Debt that refunds, refinances, renews, replaces or extends any
Debt permitted to be Incurred by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, whether involving the same or any other lender or creditor or group of lenders or creditors, but only to the extent that 

(i) the Refinancing Debt is subordinated to the Notes to at least the same extent as the Debt being refunded, refinanced or extended,
if such Debt was subordinated to the Notes, 
 (ii) the Refinancing Debt is scheduled to mature either (a) no earlier
than the Debt being refunded, refinanced or extended or (b) at least 91 days after the maturity date of the Notes, 
 (iii) the Refinancing Debt has a weighted average life to maturity at the time such Refinancing Debt is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the weighted average life to maturity of the Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed,
replaced or extended, 
 (iv) such Refinancing Debt is in an aggregate principal amount that is less than or equal to the sum
of (a) the aggregate principal or accreted amount (in the case of any Debt issued with original issue discount, as such) then outstanding under the Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended, (b) the amount of accrued
and unpaid interest, if any, and premiums owed, if any, not in excess of preexisting prepayment provisions on such Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended and (c) the amount of reasonable and customary fees, expenses and
costs related to the Incurrence of such Refinancing Debt, and 
 (v) such Refinancing Debt is Incurred by the same Person (or
its successor) that initially Incurred the Debt being refunded, refinanced, renewed, replaced or extended, except that the Company may Incur Refinancing Debt to refund, refinance, renew, replace or extend Debt of any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company. 
 “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, to be dated the date of this Indenture,
among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers and any similar agreement entered into in connection with any Additional Notes. 
 “Responsible Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer of the Trustee within the Corporate Trust Division - Corporate Finance Unit (or any successor unit or department) of the Trustee assigned to
the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The term “responsible officer” as used in Section 315(d) and 315(b) of the TIA means any officer of the Trustee, including any trust officer or assistant trust officer of the Trustee or any
person performing similar functions. 
 “Restricted Notes Legend” means the legend identified as such in
Exhibit A hereto. 
 “Restricted Payment” is defined to mean any of the following: 
 (a) any dividend or other distribution declared and paid on the Capital Interests in the Company or on the Capital Interests in any
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that are held by, or declared and paid to, any Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than (i) dividends, distributions or payments made solely in Qualified Capital
Interests in the Company) and (ii) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or to other holders of Capital Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis); 
 (b) any payment made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to purchase, redeem, acquire or retire any Capital Interests in
the Company (including the conversion into, or exchange for, Debt, of any Capital Interests) other than any such Capital Interests owned by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (c) any payment made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than a payment made solely in Qualified Capital Interests
in the Company) to redeem, repurchase, defease 

  

 -23- 

 
(including an in substance or legal defeasance) or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including pursuant to mandatory repurchase covenants), prior to any
scheduled maturity, scheduled sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment, Debt of the Company or any Guarantor that is subordinate (whether pursuant to its terms or by operation of law) in right of payment to the Notes or Note Guarantees
(excluding any Debt owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); except payments of principal and interest in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation or final maturity, in each case, within one year of the due date thereof;

 (d) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in any Person, other than a Permitted Investment; and

 (e) any designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 provided, however, the transactions contemplated under the heading “Use of Proceeds” in the Offering Memorandum shall not constitute Restricted
Payments. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that has not been designated as an “Unrestricted
Subsidiary” in accordance with this Indenture. For the avoidance of doubt, no Real Estate Affiliate shall be a Restricted Subsidiary (by operation of FIN 46 or otherwise) unless so designated by the Company. 
 “Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement pursuant to which property is sold or transferred by the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and is thereafter leased back by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Securities
Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 “Seller Note” means the secured subordinated promissory note,
dated May 9, 2006, issued by Travel Holding Corporation to Pressaug North America, Inc. in the principal amount of $12.0 million, as in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” has the meaning set forth in Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and Exchange Act, but shall not include any Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Similar Business” means a business, the majority of whose revenues are derived from the activities of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date or any business or activity that is reasonably similar thereto or a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof or ancillary thereto. 
 “Standard Securitization Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary which are reasonably customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, including Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any
of the foregoing obligations of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary. 
 “Stated Maturity,” when used with respect to
(i) any Note or any installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which the principal amount of such Note or such installment of interest is due and payable and (ii) any other Debt or any
installment of interest thereon, means the date specified in the instrument governing such Debt as the fixed date on which the principal of such Debt or such installment of interest is due and payable. 
 “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited or general partnership, trust, association or other business
entity of which an aggregate of at least a majority of the outstanding Capital Interests therein is, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. 
 “Successor Entity” means a corporation or other entity that succeeds to and continues the business of PNA Group, Inc. 
  

 -24- 

 “Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit
derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or
forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot
contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, any fuel price caps and fuel price collar or floor agreements and similar agreements or arrangements designed to protect against
or manage fluctuations in fuel prices and any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related
confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any other
master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb), as amended, as in effect on the date hereof.

 “Total Assets” means, at any time, the total consolidated assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such
time, determined in accordance with GAAP. 
 “Transaction Date” has the meaning set forth in the definition of
“Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.” 
 “Transfer Restricted Notes” means Notes that bear or are required
to bear the Restricted Notes Legend. 
 “Treasury Rate” means with respect to the Notes, as of the applicable redemption
date, the yield to maturity as of such redemption date of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) that has become publicly available
at least two Business Days prior to such redemption date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to September 1,
2011; provided, however, that if the period from such redemption date to September 1, 2011 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one
year will be used. 
 “Trustee” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it in
accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “Unrestricted
Subsidiary” means: 
 (1) any Subsidiary designated as such by the Board of Directors of the Company as set forth
below where (a) neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) provides credit support for, or Guarantee of, any Debt of such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary (including any undertaking, agreement or
instrument evidencing such Debt, but excluding in the case of a Receivables Subsidiary any Standard Securitization Undertakings) or (ii) is directly or indirectly liable for any Debt of such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary
(except in the case of a Receivables Subsidiary any Standard Securitization Undertakings), and (b) no default with respect to any Debt of such Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary (including any right which the holders thereof may
have to take enforcement action against such Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any Holder of any other Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Debt or cause the payment
thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its final scheduled maturity (except in the case of a Receivables Subsidiary any Standard Securitization Undertakings); and 
 (2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
  

 -25- 

 “Voting Interests” means, with respect to any Person, securities of any class or classes
of Capital Interests in such Person entitling the holders thereof generally to vote on the election of members of the Board of Directors or comparable body of such Person. 
 SECTION 1.2 Other Definitions. 
  

			
	 Term
	  	Defined in Section
	“Affiliate Transaction”	  	4.11
	“Agent Members”	  	2.6
	“Bank”	  	7.13
	“Change of Control Offer”	  	4.14
	“Change of Control Payment”	  	4.14
	“covenant defeasance”	  	8.3
	“Custodian”	  	6.1
	“defeasance”	  	8.2
	“Event of Default”	  	6.1
	“Excess Proceeds”	  	4.10
	“Expiration Date”	  	3.9
	“Note Register”	  	2.3
	“Offer Amount”	  	3.9
	“Purchase Date”	  	3.9
	“QIB”	  	2.1
	“QIB Global Note”	  	2.1
	“redemption date”	  	3.1
	“Registrar”	  	2.3
	“Regulation S”	  	2.1
	“Regulation S Global Note”	  	2.1
	“Rule 144A”	  	2.1
	“Surviving Entity”	  	5.1

 SECTION 1.3 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. 
 Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture. 

The following TIA term used in this Indenture has the following meaning: 
 “obligor” on the Notes means the Issuer, the Guarantors and any successor obligor upon the Notes. 
 All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by the Commission rule under
the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them therein. 
 SECTION 1.4 Rules of Construction. 
 Unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein; 
 (2) an accounting term not otherwise
defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; 
 (3) “or” is not exclusive; 
 (4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular; 
  

 -26- 

 (5) unless otherwise specified, any reference to Section or Article refers to such
Section or Article of this Indenture; 
 (6) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; 
 (7) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the TIA shall be deemed to include substitute,
replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time; and 
 (8) for the avoidance of doubt,
any references to “interest” shall include any Additional Interest (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) that may be payable. 
 ARTICLE II 
 THE NOTES 
 SECTION 2.1 Form and Dating. 
 The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the
form of Exhibit A attached hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes initially shall be issued only in
denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. 
 The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall
constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to
the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling. 
 (a) The Notes shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Global Notes substantially in the form attached as
Exhibit A hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes represented thereby with the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and registered in the name of the Depositary or a nominee of the Depositary, duly
executed by the Issuer and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. 
 Each Global Note shall represent such of
the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby
may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, redemptions and transfers of interests. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Notes
represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.6 hereof. 
 Except as set forth in Section 2.6 hereof, the Global Notes may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to another nominee of
the Depositary or to a successor of the Depositary or its nominee. 
 (b) The Initial Notes are being issued by the Issuer
only (i) to “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act (“Rule 144A”)) (“QIBs”) and (ii) in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act
(“Regulation S”). After such initial offers, Initial Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes may be transferred to QIBs, in reliance on Rule 144A, outside the United States pursuant to Regulation S or to the Company, in
accordance with certain transfer restrictions. Initial Notes that are offered in reliance on Rule 144A shall be issued in the form of one or more permanent Global Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “QIB
Global Note”) deposited with the Trustee, as Notes Custodian, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Initial Notes that are offered in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S
shall be issued in the form of one 

  

 -27- 

 
or more Global Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Regulation S Global Note”) deposited with the
Trustee, as Notes Custodian, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The QIB Global Note and the Regulation S Global Note shall each be issued with separate CUSIP numbers. The aggregate principal
amount of each Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as Notes Custodian. Transfers of Notes between QIBs and to or by purchasers pursuant to Regulation S shall be
represented by appropriate increases and decreases to the respective amounts of the appropriate Global Notes, as more fully provided in Section 2.16. 
 (c) Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with or on behalf of the Depositary. 
 The Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with Section 2.1(b) and this Section 2.1(c), authenticate and deliver the Global Notes that (i) shall be registered in the name of the
Depositary or the nominee of the Depositary and (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary’s instructions or held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary. 
 Participants shall have no rights either under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by
the Note Custodian as custodian for the Depositary or under such Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes
whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any Agent or other agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the
Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Participants, the operation of customary practices of such Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of an owner of a beneficial interest in any Global Note. 
 The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any Holder, any member of (or a participant in) DTC or any other Person with
respect to the accuracy of the records of DTC (or its nominee) or of any participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the delivery of any notice (including any notice of redemption) or the
payment of any amount or delivery of any Notes (or other security or property) under or with respect to the Notes. The Trustee may rely (and shall be fully protected in relying) upon information furnished by DTC with respect to its members,
participants and any Beneficial Owners in the Notes. 
 (d) Notes issued in certificated form, including Global Notes, shall
be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. 
 SECTION 2.2 Execution and Authentication. 
 An Officer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature. 
 If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of an authorized signatory of the Trustee. The signature shall be
conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. 
 The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Issuer
signed by one Officer directing the Trustee to authenticate and deliver the Notes and certifying that all conditions precedent to the issuance of the Notes contained herein have been complied with, authenticate Notes for original issue up to the
aggregate principal amount stated in paragraph 4 of the Notes. The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such amount except as provided in Section 2.8 hereof. 
 The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such
appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the 

  

 -28- 

 
Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the
same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer. 
 SECTION 2.3 Registrar; Paying Agent.

 The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange
(“Registrar”) and (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment to a Paying Agent. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes (the “Note Register”) and of their transfer and exchange.
The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents; provided, however, that at all times there shall be only one Note Register. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying
Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.
The Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 
 The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Holders
of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The Issuer or any Guarantor may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which
shall incorporate the provisions of Section 317(b) of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent. 

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and initially appoints the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as
the office or agency of the Company for such purposes and as the office or agency of the Company where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served and the Trustee as the agent of the Issuer to
receive such notices and demands. 
 The Issuer initially appoints DTC to act as the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. 

SECTION 2.4 Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust. 
 The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the
payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment. While any such Default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by
it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the
money. If the Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon the occurrence of events specified in Section 6.1(8)
hereof, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes. 
 SECTION 2.5 Holder Lists. 
 The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all
Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven (7) Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the
Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders, including the aggregate principal amount of the Notes held by each Holder thereof, and the
Issuer shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). 
 SECTION 2.6 Book-Entry Provisions for Global Securities. 
 (a) Each Global Note shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Notes or the nominee of such Depositary, (ii) be
delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as required by Section 2.6(e). 
  

 -29- 

 Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights
under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or the Trustee as its custodian, or under the Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the
Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written
certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note. 
 (b) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their
respective nominees. Interests of Beneficial Owners in a Global Note may be transferred in accordance with Section 2.16 and the rules and procedures of the Depositary. In addition, Certificated Notes shall be transferred to all Beneficial
Owners in exchange for their beneficial interests if (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes or the Depositary ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered
under the Exchange Act and a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days of such notice or (ii) an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual notice has occurred and is
continuing and the Registrar has received a request from the Depositary to issue such Certificated Notes. 
 (c) In connection with the
transfer of the entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to clause (b) of this Section, such Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver, to each Beneficial Owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its beneficial interest in such Global Note an equal aggregate principal amount of Certificated Notes of authorized denominations. 
 (d) The registered holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold
interest through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 
 (e) Each Global
Note shall bear the Global Note Legend on the face thereof. 
 (f) At such time as all beneficial interests in Global Notes have been
exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, all Global Notes shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any
beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for Certificated Notes, redeemed, repurchased or cancelled, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global
Note, by the Trustee or the Note Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, to reflect such reduction. 
 (g) General Provisions Relating to
Transfers and Exchanges. 
 (i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes at the Registrar’s request. 
 (ii) No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any stamp or transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such stamp or transfer taxes or similar
governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.2, 2.10, 3.6, 4.10, 4.14 and 9.5 hereto). 
 (iii) All Global
Notes and Certificated Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Certificated Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture,
as the Global Notes or Certificated Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (iv) The Registrar shall not be
required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange Notes during a period beginning at the opening of fifteen (15) days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption 

  

 -30- 

 
under Section 3.2 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so
selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part, or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

 (v) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the
Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and neither the Trustee, any Agent nor the Issuer shall be
affected by notice to the contrary. 
 (vi) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Certificated Notes in accordance with the
provisions of Section 2.2 hereof. Except as provided in Section 2.6(b), neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall authenticate or deliver any Certificated Note in exchange for a Global Note. 
 (vii) Each Holder agrees to provide reasonable indemnity to the Issuer and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange
or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities law. 
 (viii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer
of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or Beneficial Owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly
required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. 
 SECTION 2.7 Replacement Notes. 
 If
any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee, upon the written order of the Issuer signed
by an Officer of the Issuer, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the
Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer and the Trustee may charge for their expenses in replacing a Note.

 Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally
and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 
 SECTION 2.8 Outstanding Notes. 
 The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for
cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.9 hereof, a Note
does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note. 
 If a Note is replaced pursuant to
Section 2.7 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. 
 If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.1 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. 
 If the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient
to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest. 
  

 -31- 

 SECTION 2.9 Treasury Notes. 
 In determining whether the Holders of the required aggregate principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by
the Issuer or by any Affiliate of the Issuer shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes shown on
the register as being owned shall be so disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Notes that are to be acquired by the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer pursuant to an exchange offer, tender offer or other agreement shall not be deemed to be
owned by such entity until legal title to such Notes passes to such entity. 
 SECTION 2.10 Temporary Notes. 
 Until Certificated Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes upon a written order of the
Issuer signed by two Officers of the Issuer. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall
prepare and the Trustee shall upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer signed by two Officers authenticate Certificated Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. 
 Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 2.11
Cancellation. 
 The Issuer at any time may deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered
hereunder or which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. All Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, if surrendered to any Person
other than the Trustee, shall be delivered to the Trustee. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation. Subject to Section 2.7 hereof, the Issuer
may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have redeemed or paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of in accordance with its customary practice, and
certification of their disposal delivered to the Issuer, unless by a written order, signed by an Officer of the Issuer, the Issuer shall direct that cancelled Notes be returned to it. 
 SECTION 2.12 Defaulted Interest. 
 If
the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record
date, which date shall be at the earliest practicable date but in all events at least five (5) Business Days prior to the payment date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1 hereof. The Issuer shall fix or cause
to be fixed each such special record date and payment date and shall promptly thereafter notify the Trustee of any such date. At least fifteen (15) days before the special record date, the Issuer (or the Trustee, in the name and at the expense
of the Issuer) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid. 
 SECTION 2.13 Record Date. 
 The
record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture shall be determined as provided for in TIA § 316 (c). 
 SECTION 2.14 Computation of Interest. 
 Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. 
  

 -32- 

 SECTION 2.15 CUSIP Number. 
 The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP” and/or ISIN or other similar number, and if it does so, the Company may use the CUSIP and/or
ISIN or other similar number in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP and/or ISIN or other similar
number printed in the notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP and/or ISIN or other similar number.

 SECTION 2.16 Special Transfer Provisions. 
 Unless and until a Transfer Restricted Note is transferred or exchanged pursuant to an exemption under the Securities Act or under an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, the following provisions
shall apply: 
 (a) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any
proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note (other than pursuant to Regulation S): 
 (i) The Registrar shall
register the transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note by a Holder to a QIB if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has provided the Registrar with (a) an appropriately completed certificate of transfer in the form attached to
the Note and (b) a letter substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C hereto. 
 (ii) If the proposed
transferee is an Agent Member and the Transfer Restricted Note to be transferred consists of an interest in the Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the items required by paragraph (i) above and
(y) instructions given in accordance with the Depository’s and the Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the QIB Global Note in
an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an appropriate decrease in the principal amount of
such Regulation S Global Note. 
 (b) Transfers Pursuant to Regulation S. The Registrar shall register the
transfer of any Regulation S Global Note without requiring any additional certification. The following provisions shall apply with respect to registration of any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note pursuant to Regulation S:

 (i) The Registrar shall register any proposed transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note pursuant to Regulation S by a
Holder upon receipt of (a) an appropriately completed certificate of transfer in the form attached to the Note and (b) a letter substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D hereto from the proposed transferor. 

(ii) If the proposed transferee is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a QIB Global Note and the Transfer Restricted Note
to be transferred consists of an interest in a QIB Global Note, upon receipt by the Registrar of (x) the letter, if any, required by paragraph (i) above and (y) instructions in accordance with the Depository’s and the
Registrar’s procedures therefor, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in
the QIB Global Note to be transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an appropriate decrease in the principal amount of the QIB Global Note. 
 (c) Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer
shall issue and, upon receipt of an authentication order in accordance with Section 2.2, the Trustee shall authenticate, one or more Global Notes not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal
amount of the beneficial interests in 

  

 -33- 

 
the Global Notes that are Transfer Restricted Notes tendered for acceptance in accordance with the Exchange Offer and accepted for exchange in the Exchange
Offer. 
 Concurrently with the issuance of such Global Notes, the Registrar shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the
applicable Transfer Restricted Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Registrar shall deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Notes so accepted Global Notes not bearing the Restricted Notes Legend in the appropriate
principal amount. 
 (d) Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the
Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Restricted Notes Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Restricted Notes Legend, the Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the
Restricted Notes Legend unless there is delivered to the Registrar an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to
maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. 
 (e) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing
the Restricted Notes Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Restricted Notes Legend and agrees that it shall transfer such Note only as provided in this
Indenture. 
 The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this
Section 2.16. 
 Issuance of Additional Notes. 
 The Company shall be entitled to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture that shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and amount of interest
payable on the first interest payment date applicable thereto (and, if such Additional Notes shall be issued in the form of Transfer Restricted Notes, other than with respect to transfer restrictions, any Registration Rights Agreement and additional
interest with respect thereto); provided that such issuance is not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture, including Section 4.9. The Initial Notes and any Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes shall be treated as a single class for
all purposes under this Indenture. 
 With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a resolution of its Board of
Directors and in an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information: 
 (1) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture; 
 (2) the issue price, the Issue Date, the CUSIP number of such Additional Notes, the first interest payment date and the amount of interest payable on such first interest payment date applicable thereto and the date
from which interest shall accrue; and 
 (3) whether such Additional Notes shall be Transfer Restricted Notes. 
 ARTICLE III 
 REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 SECTION 3.1 Notices to Trustee. 
 If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.7 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least forty-five (45) days (or such shorter period as is
acceptable to the Trustee) before a date fixed for redemption (the “redemption date”), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the section of this 

  

 -34- 

 
Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and
(iv) the Redemption Price. 
 If the Issuer is required to make an offer to purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.10 or 4.14 hereof,
it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least forty-five (45) days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) before the scheduled purchase date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the section of this Indenture
pursuant to which the offer to purchase shall occur, (ii) the terms of the offer, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be purchased, (iv) the purchase price and (v) the purchase date and further setting forth a statement to the
effect that (a) the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries has effected an Asset Sale and there are Excess Proceeds aggregating more than $10.0 million or (b) a Change of Control has occurred, as applicable. 
 SECTION 3.2 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. 
 If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if
any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate (and in a manner that complies with applicable legal requirements);
provided that no Notes of $2,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its
registered address. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to such Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion
of the original Note will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. The Trustee shall make the
selection from the Notes outstanding and not previously called for redemption and shall promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral
multiple thereof) of the principal of the Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000. 
 SECTION 3.3 Notice of Redemption.

 Subject to the provisions of Section 3.9, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer shall mail
or cause to be mailed by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed. 
 The notice shall identify
the Notes to be redeemed and shall state: 
 (1) the redemption date; 
 (2) the Redemption Price; 
 (3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date, upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount
equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note; 
 (4) the name, telephone number and
address of the Paying Agent; 
 (5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the
Redemption Price; 
 (6) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest, if any, on Notes called
for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date; 
 (7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this
Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and 
  

 -35- 

 (8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number,
if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes. 
 At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in
the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided, however, that the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee at least 45 days prior to the redemption date (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee), an Officer’s
Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in the notices as provided in the preceding paragraph. The notice mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have
been duly given whether or not a Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note shall not affect the validity of the proceeding for the redemption of any other
Note. 
 SECTION 3.4 Effect of Notice of Redemption. 
 Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to such date. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. 
 SECTION 3.5 Deposit of Redemption of Purchase Price.

 On or before 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each redemption date or the date on which Notes must be accepted for purchase pursuant to
Section 4.10 or 4.14, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer) money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all Notes
to be redeemed or purchased on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the Redemption Price of
(including any applicable premium), and accrued interest, if any, on, all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. 
 If Notes called for
redemption or tendered in an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer are paid or if Issuer has deposited with the Trustee or Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and unpaid and accrued interest, if any, on,
all Notes to be redeemed or purchased, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest, if any, shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or tendered and not withdrawn in an Asset Sale Offer or Change
of Control Offer (regardless of whether certificates for such securities are actually surrendered). If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of
the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each
case, at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1 hereof. 
 SECTION 3.6 Notes Redeemed in Part. 
 Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall issue and, upon the written request of an Officer of the Issuer, the Trustee shall
authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered. 
 SECTION 3.7 Optional Redemption. 
 (a) The Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to
September 1, 2011, at the option of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of
the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest
payment date). 
  

 -36- 

 (b) The Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Issuer, in whole or in part, at any time on
or after September 1, 2011, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the
12-month period beginning September 1 of the years indicated: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Redemption
Price	 
	 2011
	  	105.375	%
	 2012
	  	103.583	%
	 2013
	  	101.792	%
	 2014 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

 (c) In addition to the optional redemption of the Notes in accordance with the provisions of the
preceding paragraph, prior to September 1, 2009, the Issuer may, with the net proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes (including Additional Notes) at a
Redemption Price equal to 110.750% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of Notes then outstanding (including
Additional Notes) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption (excluding Notes held by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Qualified
Equity Offering. 
 (d) The Issuer may, at any time and from time to time, purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise, subject to
compliance with this Indenture and compliance with all applicable securities laws. 
 SECTION 3.8 Mandatory Redemption. 
 Except as set forth under Sections 3.9, 4.10 and 4.14 hereof, the Issuer shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with
respect to the Notes. 
 SECTION 3.9 Offer to Purchase. 
 In the event that the Issuer shall be required to commence an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer or a Change of Control Offer, the Issuer shall follow the procedures specified below. 
 Unless otherwise required by applicable law, an Offer to Purchase shall specify an expiration date (the “Expiration Date”) of the Offer
to Purchase, which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, not less than 30 days or more than 60 days after the date of mailing of such Offer, and a settlement date (the “Purchase Date”) for purchase of
Notes within five Business Days after the Expiration Date. On the Purchase Date, the Company shall purchase the aggregate principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof or Section 4.14 hereof (the
“Offer Amount”), or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to Purchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made. If the
Purchase Date is on or after the interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record
date, and no additional interest, if any, shall be payable to the Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. The Company shall notify the Trustee at least 15 days (or such shorter period as is acceptable to the Trustee) prior to the
mailing of the Offer of the Company’s obligation to make an Offer to Purchase, and the Offer shall be mailed by the Company or, at the Company’s request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. The Offer shall contain
all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase. 
 On or before 10:00 a.m.
(New York City time) on each Purchase Date, the Issuer shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent (other than the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer) in immediately available funds 

  

 -37- 

 
the aggregate purchase price equal to the Offer Amount, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, to be held for payment in accordance with
the terms of this Section 3.9. On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (i) accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the
Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered, (ii) deliver or cause the Paying Agent or depositary, as the case may be, to deliver to the Trustee Notes so accepted and (iii) deliver to the
Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Issuer in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.9. The Issuer, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be,
shall promptly (but in any case not later than three (3) Business Days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuer for
purchase, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, thereon, and the Issuer shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, at the written request of the Issuer, shall authenticate and mail or deliver at the expense of the Issuer such new Note
to such Holder, equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of such Holder’s Notes surrendered. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuer to the Holder thereof. The Issuer shall publicly announce in a
newspaper of general circulation or in a press release provided to a nationally recognized financial wire service the results of the Offer to Purchase on the Purchase Date. 
 Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.9, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.9 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of
Sections 3.1 through 3.6 hereof. 
 ARTICLE IV 
 COVENANTS 
 SECTION 4.1 Payment of Notes. 
 (a) The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the
Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid for all purposes hereunder on the date the Paying Agent, if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, holds, as of 10:00 a.m. (New York City time), money deposited by the
Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all such principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. 
 (b) The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes
to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.

 SECTION 4.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency. 
 The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee or Registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where
notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. The Issuer
hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee its agent to receive all such
presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 
 The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies
where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in
the location of any such other office or agency. 
  

 -38- 

 The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of
the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof. 
 SECTION 4.3 Provision of Financial Information. 
 So long as any Notes are outstanding (unless defeased in a defeasance), the Company will have its annual financial statements audited, and its interim
financial statements reviewed, by a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants and will furnish to the Holders of Notes all quarterly and annual financial statements in the form included in the Offering Memorandum prepared in accordance
with GAAP that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the Company was required to file those Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by the Company’s certified independent accountants; provided, however, that such information and such reports shall
not be required to comply with: (i) Sections 302, 906 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and related Items 307 and 308 of Regulation S-K; (ii) Regulation G under the Exchange Act or Item 10(e) of Regulations S-K promulgated by
the SEC with respect to any non-GAAP financial measures contained therein; (iii) Section 3-10 of Regulation S-X so long as such financial statements provide substantially similar information with respect to non-guarantors as provided in the
Offering Memorandum or (iv) any segment reporting requirements (whether pursuant to GAAP or Regulation S-X) in greater detail than is provided in the Offering Memorandum. Any reports on Form 10-Q shall be provided within 45 days after the end
of each of the first three fiscal quarters and annual reports on Form 10-K shall be provided within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year; provided, however, that (a) with respect to the fiscal quarters ended June 30,
2006 and September 30, 2006 such reports (x) shall be provided within 60 days of the end of such fiscal quarter and (y) need not be reviewed by a nationally recognized firm of independent accountants prior to release to the Holders
and (b) with respect to the annual report for the year ended December 31, 2006 shall be provided within 105 days of the end of such fiscal year. To the extent that the Company does not file such information with the Commission, the Company
will distribute (or cause the Trustee to distribute) such information and such reports (as well as the details regarding the conference call described below) electronically to (a) any Holder of the Notes, (b) to any beneficial owner of the
Notes who provides their email address to the Company and certifies that they are a beneficial owner of Notes, (c) to any prospective investor who provides their email address to the Company and certifies that they are a Qualified Institutional
Buyer (as defined in the Securities Act) or (d) any securities analyst who provides their email address to the Company and certifies that they are a securities analyst. Unless the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange
Act, the Company will also hold a quarterly conference call for the Holders of the Notes to discuss such financial information. The conference call will not be later than five Business Days from the time that the Company distributes the financial
information as set forth above. 
 For so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders of the Notes
and to prospective investors that certify that they are a QIB, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 If the Company has designated any of its Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then, to the extent that any such Unrestricted Subsidiary or group of
Unrestricted Subsidiaries would (but for its or their being designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or Subsidiaries) constitute a Significant Subsidiary or Subsidiaries, the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding
paragraph shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto, and in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” of
the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company. 
 The Company shall provide the Trustee with a sufficient number of copies of all reports and other documents and information and, if requested by the
Company, the Trustee will deliver such reports to the Holders under this Section 4.3. 
 Following the consummation of the Exchange
Offer (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement), whether or not required by the Commission, the Company will file a copy of all of the information and reports that would be required by the Commission for public availability within the time
periods specified in the Commission’s 

  

 -39- 

 
rules and regulations (unless the Commission will not accept such a filing) and make such information available to securities analysts and prospective
investors upon request. In addition, the Company and the Guarantors will, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be
delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act. 
 In the event that any parent of the Company becomes a Guarantor or
co-obligor of the Notes, the Company may satisfy its obligations under this Section 4.3 with respect to financial information relating to the Company by furnishing financial information relating to such parent; provided that, if required by
Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, the same is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such parent and any of its Subsidiaries other than the Company and
its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, and the other Subsidiaries of the Company on a standalone basis, on the other hand. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to above to the Holders if it or any parent of the
Company has filed such reports with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system and such reports are publicly available. In addition, such requirements shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of
the Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) by the filing with the Commission of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) and/or Shelf Registration Statement
in accordance with the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X of the Securities Act and such registration statement and/or amendments thereto are
filed at times that otherwise satisfy the time requirements set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.3. 
 SECTION 4.4
Compliance Certificate. 
 The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an
Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether each has kept,
observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture (including, with respect to any Restricted Payments made during such year, the basis upon which the calculations required by Section 4.7 hereof were computed, which
calculations may be based upon the Company’s latest available financial statements), and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that, to his or her knowledge, each entity is not in default in the performance or
observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the
Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that, to his or her knowledge, no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes is
prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event
of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 SECTION 4.5 Taxes; Insurance.

 (a) The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency all material taxes, assessments and
governmental levies, except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which appropriate reserves have been taken in accordance with GAAP or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any
material respect to the Holders of the Notes. 
 (b) The Company will, and will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to maintain, with
financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such amounts and with such deductibles and covering such risks (including fire, business interruption and other risks insured by extended coverage) as are adequate for their business
(as determined by the Board of Directors), including, without limitation, public liability insurance against 

  

 -40- 

 
claims for personal injury, death or property damage occurring upon, about or in connection with the use of any properties owned, occupied or controlled by
it as well as such other insurance as may be required by law. 
 SECTION 4.6 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws. 
 The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or
take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent
that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall
suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted. 
 SECTION 4.7 Limitation on Restricted
Payments. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any Restricted
Payment unless, at the time of and after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment: 
 (a) no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing or will occur as a consequence thereof; 
 (b) after giving effect to such
Restricted Payment on a pro forma basis, (x) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt) pursuant to the provisions described in the first paragraph under Section 4.9 and
(y) with respect to any Restricted Payment (other than an Investment in a Person that is not an Affiliate), the Consolidated Total Debt Ratio of the Company would be less than or equal to 3.5 to 1.0; and 
 (c) after giving effect to such Restricted Payment on a pro forma basis, the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted
Payments made on or after the Issue Date (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vii), (viii), (ix), (xi), (xiii), (xiv), (xv), (xvi) and (xviii) of the next succeeding paragraph), shall not exceed the
sum (without duplication) of 
 (1) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income (or, if Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit,
minus 100% of such deficit) of the Company accrued on a cumulative basis during the period (taken as one accounting period) from the beginning of the first full fiscal quarter during which the Issue Date occurs and ending on the last day of the
fiscal quarter immediately preceding the date of such proposed Restricted Payment, plus 
 (2) 100% of the aggregate
net proceeds (including the Fair Market Value of property other than cash) received by the Company subsequent to the initial issuance of the Notes either (i) as a contribution to its common equity capital or (ii) from the issuance and sale
(other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Qualified Capital Interests, including Qualified Capital Interests issued upon the conversion of Debt or Redeemable Capital Interests of the Company, and from the exercise of options, warrants or other
rights to purchase such Qualified Capital Interests (other than, in each case, (x) Capital Interests or Debt sold to a Subsidiary of the Company and (y) the Excluded Contributions and contributions from the issuance of Designated Preferred
Stock), plus 
 (3) an amount equal to the sum of (I) 100% of the aggregate net proceeds (including fair market
value of property other than cash that would constitute Eligible Cash Equivalents) received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) from any sale or other disposition of any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person
(including an Unrestricted Subsidiary) made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (B) representing the return of capital or principal (excluding dividends and distributions otherwise included in the calculation of Consolidated Net
Income) with respect to such Investment, and (II) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net 

  

 -41- 

 
assets of an Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is designated a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture; provided, however, that, in the case of item (II), the foregoing sum shall not exceed, in the case of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments (excluding Permitted Investments) previously made (and treated as a
Restricted Payment) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions,
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may take the following actions, provided that, in the case of clauses (iv), (vi), (vii), (viii), (x), (xi), (xii) or (xvii) immediately after giving effect to such action, no Default or
Event of Default has occurred and is continuing: 
 (i) the payment of any dividend on Capital Interests in the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary within 60 days after declaration thereof if at the declaration date such payment would not have been prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.7; 
 (ii) the retirement of any Qualified Capital Interests of the Company by conversion into, or by or in exchange for, Qualified Capital
Interests, or out of net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of other Qualified Capital Interests of the Company; 
 (iii) the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or acquisition or retirement for value of any Debt of the Company or a Guarantor that is
subordinate in right of payment to the Notes or the applicable Note Guarantee out of the net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent issue and sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of (x) new subordinated Debt of the Company or
such Guarantor, as the case may be, Incurred in accordance with the Indenture or (y) of Qualified Capital Interests of the Company; 
 (iv) the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition for value of Capital Interests in the Company or any direct or indirect parent of the Company (or any payments to a direct or indirect parent company of
the Company for the purposes of permitting any such repurchase) held by employees or former employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or their estates or beneficiaries under their estates) upon death, disability, retirement or
termination of employment or pursuant to the terms of any agreement under which such Capital Interests were issued; provided that the aggregate cash consideration paid for such purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of such
Capital Interests does not exceed $2.0 million in any calendar year, provided that any unused amounts in any calendar year may be carried forward to one or more future periods; provided, further, that the aggregate amount of
repurchases made pursuant to this clause (iv) may not exceed $4.0 million in any calendar year; provided, however, that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed: 
 (A) the cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the sale of Qualified Capital Interests
(excluding Designated Preferred Stock, Excluded Contributions and Redeemable Capital Interests) of the Company or any direct or indirect parent company of the Company (to the extent contributed to the Company) to employees of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries that occurs after the Issue Date; provided, however, that the amount of such cash proceeds utilized for any such repurchase, retirement, other acquisition or dividend will not increase the amount available for
Restricted Payments under clause (c) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.7; plus 
 (B) the cash proceeds of
key man life insurance policies received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Issue Date; 
 (provided,
however, that the Company may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year and, to the extent any payment described under this clause (iv) is made by
delivery of Debt and not in cash, such payment shall be deemed to occur only when, and to the extent, the obligor on such Debt makes payments with respect to such Debt); 
  

 -42- 

 (v) repurchase of Capital Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options,
warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities; 
 (vi) the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions to
holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Interests) issued after the Issue Date and the declaration and payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company, the proceeds of
which will be used to fund the payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Designated Preferred Stock (other than Redeemable Capital Interests) of any direct or indirect parent company of the Company issued after the Issue Date, the
proceeds of which were contributed to the Company; provided, however, that (A) for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of issuance
of such Designated Preferred Stock, after giving effect to such issuance (and the payment of dividends or distributions) on a pro forma basis, the Company would have had a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of at least 2.25 to 1.00 and
(B) the aggregate amount of dividends declared and paid pursuant to this clause (vi) does not exceed the net cash proceeds actually received by the Company from the sale of such Designated Preferred Stock (other than Redeemable Capital
Interests) issued after the Issue Date; 
 (vii) the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock (or the payment
of dividends to any direct or indirect parent of the Company to fund the payment by any direct or indirect parent of the Company of dividends on such entity’s common stock) of up to 6.0% per annum of the net proceeds received by the
Company from any public offering of common stock or contributed to the Company by any direct or indirect parent of the Company from any public offering of common stock; 
 (viii) the payment of intercompany Debt, the Incurrence of which was permitted pursuant to Section 4.9; 
 (ix) cash payment, in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities
convertible into or exchangeable for the Capital Interests of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (x) the declaration
and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Redeemable Capital Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued or Incurred in compliance with Section 4.9 to the extent such dividends are included in the definition
of Consolidated Fixed Charges; 
 (xi) Restricted Payments that are made with any Excluded Contribution; 
 (xii) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control or an Asset Sale, the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of any
subordinated Debt pursuant to provisions substantially similar to those contained in Section 4.10 and Section 4.14 at a purchase price not greater than 101% of the principal amount thereof (in the case of a Change of Control) or 100% of
the principal amount thereof (in the case of an Asset Sale), plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon; provided that prior to or contemporaneously with such defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition, the Company has made an Offer
to Purchase with respect to the Notes and has repurchased all Notes validly tendered for payment and not withdrawn in connection therewith; 
 (xiii) other Restricted Payments not in excess of $15.0 million in the aggregate; 
 (xiv) the
declaration and payment of dividends to, or the making of loans to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company required for it to pay: 
 (a) federal, state and local income taxes to the extent such income taxes are directly attributable to the income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and, to the extent of the amount actually received from
Unrestricted Subsidiaries, in amounts required to pay such taxes to the extent directly attributable to the income of such Unrestricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that in each case, the amount of such payments in any fiscal year
does not exceed the amount that 

  

 -43- 

 
the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay in respect of federal, state and local taxes for such fiscal year if the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries had paid such taxes on a stand-alone basis; 
 (b) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable
to officers and employees of any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are directly attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 (c) general corporate overhead expenses (including professional and administrative expenses) and franchise taxes and other
fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its corporate existence to the extent such expenses are directly attributable to the ownership or operation of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 provided, however, that the aggregate amount of any payments made pursuant to clauses (b) and (c) above shall not exceed $1.0
million in any fiscal year; 
 (xv) any Restricted Payments made in connection with the consummation of the Transactions as
described in the Offering Memorandum, including any payments or loans made to any direct or indirect parent to enable it to make such payments; 
 (xvi) the payment of fees and expenses in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; 
 (xvii) any Restricted Payment to any direct or indirect parent company of the Company to pay interest when due and principal at its stated maturity with respect to the Seller Note; and 
 (xviii) payments pursuant to the Management Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date and reasonable related expenses. 
 If the Company makes a Restricted Payment which, at the time of the making of such Restricted Payment, in the good faith determination of the Board of
Directors of the Company, would be permitted under the requirements of the Indenture, such Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with the Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustment made in good faith to the
Company’s financial statements affecting Consolidated Net Income. 
 If any Person in which an Investment is made, which Investment
constitutes a Restricted Payment when made, thereafter becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with the Indenture, all such Investments previously made in such Person shall no longer be counted as Restricted Payments for purposes of
calculating the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c) of the first paragraph under this Section 4.7, in each case to the extent such Investments would otherwise be so counted. 
 If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary transfers, conveys, sells, leases or otherwise disposes of an Investment in accordance with Section 4.10,
which Investment was originally included in the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Restricted Payments,” the aggregate amount expended or declared for all
Restricted Payments shall be reduced by the lesser of (i) the Net Cash Proceeds from the transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition of such Investment or (ii) the amount of the original Investment, in each case, to the extent
originally included in the aggregate amount expended or declared for all Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c) of the definition of “Restricted Payments.” 
 For purposes of this Section 4.7, if a particular Restricted Payment involves a non-cash payment, including a distribution of assets, then such
Restricted Payment shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the cash portion of such Restricted Payment, if any, plus an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the non-cash portion of such Restricted Payment. 
  

 -44- 

 By way of clarification, while payments under the Management Agreement are not prohibited by this
Section 4.7, any payments made pursuant to the Management Agreement will reduce Consolidated Net Income and thereby reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments pursuant to clause (c)(1) of the first paragraph under this
Section 4.7. 
 SECTION 4.8 Limitation on Dividends and Other Payments Affecting Restricted Subsidiaries. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, cause or suffer to exist or become effective or
enter into any encumbrance or restriction (other than pursuant to this Indenture, law, rules or regulation) on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Interests owned by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or pay any Debt or other obligation owed to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) make loans or advances to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof or (iii) transfer any of its
property or assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 
 However, the preceding restrictions will not apply to the following
encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of: 
 (a) any encumbrance or restriction in existence on the Issue
Date, including those required by the Credit Agreement and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; 
 (b) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement relating to an acquisition of property, so long as the encumbrances or
restrictions in any such agreement relate solely to the property so acquired (and are not or were not created in anticipation of or in connection with the acquisition thereof); 
 (c) any encumbrance or restriction which exists with respect to a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or merges with or into a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on or after the Issue Date, which is in existence at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, but not created in connection with or in anticipation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary,
and which is not applicable to any Person or the property or assets of any Person other than such Person or the property or assets of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (d) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a permitted renewal, refunding, replacement, refinancing or
extension of Debt issued pursuant to an agreement containing any encumbrance or restriction referred to in the foregoing clauses (a) through (c), so long as the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such refinancing agreement are no
less favorable in any material respect to the Holders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the agreements governing the Debt being renewed, refunded, replaced, refinanced or extended in the good faith judgment of the Board of
Directors of the Company; 
 (e) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease, contract, or license
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or provisions in agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreement or any rights thereunder; 
 (f) any restriction on the sale or other disposition of assets or property securing Debt as a result of a Permitted Lien on such assets or property; 
 (g) any encumbrance or restriction by reason of applicable law, rule, regulation or order; 
 (h) any encumbrance or restriction under this Indenture, the Notes and the Note Guarantees; 
 (i) any encumbrance or restriction under the sale of assets, including, without limitation, any agreement for the sale or other
disposition of a subsidiary that restricts distributions by that Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition; 
  

 -45- 

 (j) restrictions on cash and other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under
contracts entered into the ordinary course of business; 
 (k) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of
assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into the ordinary course of business; 
 (l) any instrument governing Debt or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect
at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Debt or Capital Stock was incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets
of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired, provided that, in the case of Debt, such Debt was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be incurred; 
 (m) purchase money obligations (including Capital Lease Obligations) for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose
restrictions on that property so acquired of the nature described in clause (iii) of the first paragraph of this Section 4.8; 
 (n) Debt of (A) the Company or (B) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, in each case that (x) is Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.9 and (y) an officer
reasonably and in good faith determines at the time such Debt is Incurred (and at the time of any modification of the terms of any such encumbrance or restriction) that any such encumbrance or restriction will not materially adversely affect the
Company’s ability to satisfy its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture and any other Debt that is an obligation of the Company; 
 (o) customary provisions limiting the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements, asset sale agreements, sale-leaseback agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements
otherwise permitted by the Indenture entered into with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, which limitation is applicable only to the assets that are the subject of such agreements; and 
 (p) any Non-Recourse Receivable Subsidiary Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of a Receivable Subsidiary that is a Restricted
Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Receivable Subsidiary or the receivables and related assets described in the definition of Qualified Receivables Transaction
which are subject to such Qualified Receivables Transaction. 
 Nothing contained in this Section 4.8 shall prevent the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary from (i) creating, incurring, assuming or suffering to exist any Liens otherwise permitted under Section 4.12 or (ii) restricting the sale or other disposition of property or assets of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries that secure Debt of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in accordance with this Indenture. 
 SECTION 4.9 Limitation on Incurrence of Debt. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to, Incur any Debt (including Acquired Debt), unless, immediately after giving effect to the Incurrence of such Debt and the receipt and application of the proceeds therefrom the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a pro forma basis as if any such Debt (including any other Debt being Incurred contemporaneously), and any other Debt Incurred since the beginning of the Four Quarter Period (as defined below) (other than any
Debt Incurred under the revolving portion of a credit agreement), had been Incurred and the proceeds thereof had been applied at the beginning of the Four Quarter Period, and any other Debt repaid since the beginning of the Four Quarter Period had
been repaid at the beginning of the Four Quarter Period, would be greater than 2.0:1. 
 If, during the Four Quarter Period or subsequent
thereto and prior to the date of determination, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have engaged in any Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition, Investments, 

  

 -46- 

 
mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations (as determined in accordance with GAAP) or shall have designated any Restricted Subsidiary to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary, Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges and Consolidated Interest Expense for the Four Quarter Period shall be calculated on a pro forma basis giving
effect to such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition, Investments, mergers, consolidations, discontinued operations or designation, as the case may be, and the application of any proceeds therefrom as if such Asset Sale or Asset Acquisition or designation
had occurred on the first day of the Four Quarter Period. 
 If the Debt which is the subject of a determination under this provision is
Acquired Debt, or Debt Incurred in connection with the simultaneous acquisition of any Person, business, property or assets, or Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary being designated as a Restricted Subsidiary, then such ratio shall be determined by
giving effect (on a pro forma basis, as if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the Four Quarter Period) to the Incurrence of such Acquired Debt or such other Debt by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the inclusion,
in Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges, of the Consolidated Cash Flow Available for Fixed Charges of the acquired Person, business, property or assets or redesignated Subsidiary. 
 Notwithstanding the first paragraph above, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Permitted Debt. 
 For purposes of determining any particular amount of Debt under this Section 4.9, (x) Debt Incurred under the Credit Agreement on the Issue
Date shall initially be treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Debt,” and may not later be re-classified and (y) Guarantees or obligations with respect to letters of credit supporting Debt
otherwise included in the determination of such particular amount shall not be included. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.9, in the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Debt
described above, including categories of Permitted Debt and under the first paragraph of this Section 4.9, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify, and from time to time may reclassify, all or any portion of such item of Debt.

 The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest on Debt in the form of
additional Debt or payment of dividends on Capital Interests in the forms of additional shares of Capital Interests with the same terms will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Debt or issuance of Capital Interests for purposes of this
Section 4.9. 
 The Company and any Guarantor will not Incur any Debt that pursuant to its terms is subordinate or junior in right of
payment to any Debt unless such Debt is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes and the Note Guarantees to the same extent; provided that Debt will not be considered subordinate or junior in right of payment to any other Debt solely by
virtue of being unsecured or secured to a greater or lesser extent or with greater or lower priority. 
 SECTION 4.10 Limitation on Asset
Sales. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless: 

(1) the Company (or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal
to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Capital Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and 
 (2) at least 75%
of the consideration received in the Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or Eligible Cash Equivalents. For purposes of this provision, each of the following will be deemed to be cash: 
 (a) any liabilities, as shown on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than
contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Note Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of 

  

 -47- 

 
any such assets pursuant to a customary assignment and assumption agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability;

 (b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such
transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days of their receipt to the extent of the cash received in that conversion; and 
 (c) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Asset Sale having an
aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (c) that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $20.0 million and (y) 4.0% of the
Company’s total tangible assets at the time of receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the fair market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value). 
 Within 360 days after the receipt of any Net Cash Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company (or the
applicable Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) may apply such Net Cash Proceeds at its option: 
 (1) to permanently
repay Debt under the Credit Agreement and, if the Obligation repaid is revolving credit Debt, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; 
 (2) to acquire all or substantially all of the assets of, or any Capital Interests of, another Permitted Business, if, after giving effect to any such acquisition of Capital Interests, the Permitted Business is or
becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; 
 (3) to make a capital expenditure in or that is used or useful in a
Permitted Business; 
 (4) to acquire other assets that are not classified as current assets under GAAP and that are used or
useful in a Permitted Business; or 
 (5) any combination of the foregoing. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, if during the 360-day period described in this paragraph, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary enters into
a binding agreement committing it to apply such Net Cash Proceeds of any Asset Sale in the manner described in clauses (1)-(5) above of this paragraph, such 360-day period will be extended with respect to the amount of Net Cash Proceeds so
committed until such Net Cash Proceeds are required to be applied in accordance with such agreement (or, if earlier, until termination of such agreement) but such extension will in no event be for a period longer than 180 days. 
 Any Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in the preceding paragraph of this Section 4.10 will constitute
“Excess Proceeds.” When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $10.0 million, within thirty days thereof, the Company will make an Offer to Purchase to all Holders of Notes, and to all holders of other Debt ranking pari
passu with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to assets sales, equal to the Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Offer to Purchase will be equal to 100% of the principal amount plus
accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and will be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Offer to Purchase, the Company may use those Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the
Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and other pari passu Debt tendered in such Offer to Purchase exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis. Upon
completion of each Offer to Purchase, the amount of Excess Proceeds will be reset at zero. 
 The Company will comply with the requirements
of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Offer to Purchase. To the
extent that the provisions of any 

  

 -48- 

 
securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture, the Company will comply with the applicable securities laws and
regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such compliance. 
 Pending the final application of any Net Cash Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest and use such Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture. 
 SECTION 4.11 Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or
purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of related transactions, contract, agreement, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate of the Company (each of the foregoing,
an “Affiliate Transaction”) involving aggregate consideration in excess of $1.0 million, unless: 
 (i) such
Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could reasonably have been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary with an unaffiliated party; and 
 (ii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related
Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $2.0 million, the Company delivers to the Trustee a resolution adopted in good faith by the majority of the Board of Directors of the Company approving such Affiliate Transaction
and set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with clause (a) above; and 
 (iii) with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of $10.0 million, the Company must obtain a written opinion of a nationally recognized investment
banking, accounting or appraisal firm (an “Independent Financial Advisor”) stating that the transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view. 
 The foregoing limitation does not limit, and shall not apply to: 
 (1) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of this Indenture pursuant to Section 4.7 and Permitted Investments
permitted under this Indenture; 
 (2) the payment of reasonable and customary fees and indemnities to members of the Board of
Directors of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary who are outside directors; 
 (3) the payment of reasonable and customary
compensation and other benefits (including retirement, health, option, deferred compensation and other benefit plans) and indemnities to officers and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as determined by the Board of Directors
thereof in good faith; 
 (4) transactions between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (5) the issuance of Capital Interests (other than Redeemable Capital Interests) of the Company otherwise permitted hereunder; 

(6) any agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date (other than the Management Agreement) and any amendment or modification
thereto so long as such amendment or modification is not more disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect. 
  

 -49- 

 (7) transactions in which the Company delivers to the Trustee a written opinion from an
Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the consideration to be paid or received in connection with such Affiliate Transaction is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Company and any relevant Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (8) the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of its obligations under the terms of, any
stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Issue Date and any similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided, however,
that the existence of, or the performance by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of obligations under, any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Issue Date shall only be
permitted by this clause (8) to the extent that the terms of any such amendment or new agreement are not otherwise disadvantageous to the holders of the Notes in any material respect as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company; 
 (9) the transactions described in the Offering Memorandum and the payment of all fees and expenses in connection
therewith; 
 (10) any contribution of capital to the Company; 
 (11) transactions permitted by, and complying with, Section 5.1; 
 (12) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case, in the ordinary course
of business and consistent with past practice and on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, as determined in good faith by the Company, than those that could be obtained in a comparable
arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company; 
 (13) the payment to the Permitted
Holders and any of their affiliates of annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees pursuant to the Management Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed $5.0 million per year, and reasonable related expenses; and 
 (14) transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction. 
 SECTION 4.12 Limitation on Liens. 
 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to enter into, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens of any kind, other than Permitted Liens, on or with respect to any of
its property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired or any interest therein or any income or profits therefrom without securing the Notes and all other amounts due under this Indenture (for so long as such Lien exists) equally and ratably with
(or prior to) the obligation or liability secured by such Lien. 
 SECTION 4.13 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions.

 The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction unless:

 (i) the consideration received in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction is at least equal to the fair market value of the
property sold, as determined by a Board Resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company or by an Officers’ Certificate, 
 (ii) prior to and after giving effect to the Attributable Debt in respect of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary comply with Section 4.9, and 
  

 -50- 

 (iii) at or after such time the Company and such Restricted Subsidiary also comply with
Section 4.10. 
 SECTION 4.14 Offer to Purchase upon Change of Control. 
 Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the Issuer will make an Offer to Purchase (the “Change of Control Offer”) all of the
outstanding Notes at a Purchase Price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount tendered, together with accrued interest, if any, to but not including the Purchase Date (the “Change of Control Payment”). For purposes of the
foregoing, an Offer to Purchase shall be deemed to have been made if (i) within 30 days following the date of the consummation of a transaction or series of transactions that constitutes a Change of Control, the Issuer commences an Offer to
Purchase all outstanding Notes at the Purchase Price (provided that the running of such 30-day period shall be suspended, for up to a maximum of 30 days, during any period when the commencement of such Offer to Purchase is delayed or
suspended by reason of any court’s or governmental authority’s review of or ruling on any materials being employed by the Issuer to effect such Offer to Purchase, so long as the Issuer has used and continues to use its commercial best
efforts to make and conclude such Offer to Purchase promptly) and (ii) all Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase are purchased on the terms of such Offer to Purchase. The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of any
applicable securities laws and any regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control. 
 On the Purchase Date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful, (a) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the
Change of Control Offer, (b) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered and (c) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so
accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer. The Paying Agent will promptly mail (or wire transfer) to each Holder of Notes so tendered the
Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee will promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any;
provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuer will announce the results of the Change of Control Offer to all Holders on or as soon as practicable
after the Change of Control Purchase Date. 
 The Change of Control provisions described above will be applicable whether or not any other
provisions of this Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, this Indenture does not contain provisions that permit the Holders to require that the Issuer repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of
a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction. 
 The Issuer shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of
Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth herein applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer. 
 To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations
conflict with the Change of Control provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached their obligations under the Change of Control provisions of this
Indenture by virtue of such conflict. 
 SECTION 4.15 Corporate Existence. 
 Subject to Section 4.14 and Article V hereof, as the case may be, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep
in full force and effect its corporate existence and the corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries in accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from
time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary and the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or
franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other 

  

 -51- 

 
existence of any of its Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the
conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders. 
 SECTION 4.16 [Reserved]. 
 SECTION 4.17 Business Activities. 
 The Issuer will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than a Permitted Business. 
 SECTION 4.18 [Reserved]. 
 SECTION
4.19 [Reserved]. 
 SECTION 4.20 Additional Note Guarantees. 
 After the Issue Date, the Company will cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Receivables Subsidiaries) that 
 (a) guarantees any Debt of the Company or any of its Domestic Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (b) Incurs any Debt pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of “Permitted Debt” or not permitted by Section 4.9 to
guarantee the Notes. 
 Each Guarantee by a Restricted Subsidiary will be limited to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be
guaranteed by that Restricted Subsidiary without rendering the Guarantee, as it relates to such Restricted Subsidiary, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of
creditors generally. 
 SECTION 4.21 Limitation on Creation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries. 
 The Company may designate any Subsidiary of the Company to be an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” as provided below, in which event such Subsidiary
and each other Person that is then or thereafter becomes a Subsidiary of such Subsidiary will be deemed to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 The Company may designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary owns any Capital Interests of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, provided
that either: 
 (x) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less; or 
 (y) immediately after giving effect to such designation, either (x) the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Debt (other
than Permitted Debt) pursuant to the first paragraph under Section 4.9 or (y) the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
immediately prior to such designation; and provided further that the Company could make a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the greater of the Fair Market Value or book value of such Subsidiary pursuant to Section 4.7 and such
amount is thereafter treated as a Restricted Payment for the purpose of calculating the amount available for Restricted Payments thereunder. 
  

 -52- 

 An Unrestricted Subsidiary may be designated as a Restricted Subsidiary if (i) all the Debt of such
Unrestricted Subsidiary could be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.9 and (ii) all the Liens on the property and assets of such Unrestricted Subsidiary could be incurred pursuant to Section 4.12. 
 SECTION 4.22 Further Instruments and Acts. 
 Upon request by the Trustee, the Issuer shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture. 
 ARTICLE V 
 SUCCESSORS 
 SECTION 5.1 Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets. 
 The Company will not in any transaction or series of transactions, consolidate with or merge into any other Person (other than a merger of a Restricted Subsidiary into the Company in which the Company is the
continuing Person), or sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis), taken as a whole, to any other Person,
unless: 
 (i) either: (a) the Company shall be the continuing Person or (b) the Person (if other than the Company)
formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged, or the Person that acquires, by sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition, all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Company (such Person,
the “Surviving Entity”), (1) shall be a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or similar entity organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States, any political subdivision thereof or any state
thereof or the District of Columbia and (2) shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, the due and punctual payment of all amounts due in respect of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all the Notes and the
performance of the covenants and obligations of the Company under this Indenture; provided that at any time the Company or its successor is not a corporation, there shall be a co-issuer of the Notes that is a corporation; 
 (ii) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma basis
(including, without limitation, any Debt Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result
therefrom; 
 (iii) immediately after giving effect to any such transaction or series of transactions on a pro forma
basis (including, without limitation, any Debt Incurred or anticipated to be Incurred in connection with or in respect of such transaction or series of transactions) as if such transaction or series of transactions had occurred on the first day of
the determination period, either (x) the Company (or the Surviving Entity if the Company is not continuing) could Incur $1.00 of additional Debt (other than Permitted Debt) under the first paragraph of Section 4.9 or (y) the
Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Surviving Entity and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be greater than the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such
transaction; and 
 (iv) the Company delivers, or causes to be delivered, to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance, assignment, transfer, lease or other disposition complies with the requirements of this Indenture. 
 The preceding clause (iii) will not prohibit: 
 (a) a merger between the Company and a
Restricted Subsidiary that is a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company; or 
  

 -53- 

 (b) a merger between the Company and an Affiliate incorporated solely for the purpose of
converting the Company into a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision or state thereof; 
 so long as, in each
case, the amount of Debt of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is not increased thereby. 
 For all purposes of this Indenture and
the Notes, Subsidiaries of any Surviving Entity will, upon such transaction or series of transactions, become Restricted Subsidiaries or Unrestricted Subsidiaries as provided pursuant to this Indenture and all Debt, and all Liens on property or
assets, of the Surviving Entity and its Subsidiaries that was not Debt, or were not Liens on property or assets, of the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions shall be deemed to have been
Incurred upon such transaction or series of transactions. 
 Upon any transaction or series of transactions that are of the type described
in, and are effected in accordance with, conditions described in the immediately preceding paragraphs, the Surviving Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company, under this Indenture with
the same effect as if such Surviving Entity had been named as the Company therein; and when a Surviving Person duly assumes all of the obligations and covenants of the Company pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes, except in the case of a lease,
the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all such obligations. 
 SECTION 5.2 Successor Person Substituted. 
 Upon any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Company in accordance with Section 5.1 hereof, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into or with which the Company (and, if necessary, any co-issuer) is merged or to which such sale, assignment, conveyance, transfer,
lease or other disposition is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such consolidation, merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, the provisions of this Indenture referring to the
“Company” shall refer instead to the successor corporation and not to the Company), and shall exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the
Company herein; provided, however, that in the event of a transfer or lease, the predecessor shall not be released from the payment of principal and interest or other obligations on the Notes. 
 ARTICLE VI 
 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 
 SECTION 6.1 Events of Default. 
 Each
of the following constitutes an “Event of Default”: 
 (1) default in the payment in respect of the principal
of (or premium, if any, on) any Note at its maturity (whether at Stated Maturity or upon repurchase, acceleration, optional redemption or otherwise); 
 (2) default in the payment of any interest upon any Note when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; 
 (3) failure to perform or comply with Section 5.1; 
 (4) except as permitted by this Indenture, any Note Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be, or it shall be
asserted by any Guarantor or the Company not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms; 
  

 -54- 

 (5) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company or
any Guarantor in this Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with in clauses (1), (2) (3) or (4) above), and continuance of such default or breach for a
period of 60 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; 
 (6) a default or defaults under any bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of Debt (other than the Notes) by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary having, individually or in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least $15.0 million, whether such Debt now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default or defaults shall have resulted in
the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt prior to its express maturity or shall constitute a failure to pay at least $15.0 million of such Debt when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto;

 (7) the entry against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary of a final judgment or
final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $15.0 million, by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction, which judgments remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a period of
60 consecutive days; or 
 (8) (i) the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group
of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: 
 (a) commences a voluntary case, 
 (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it
in an involuntary case, 
 (c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its
property, 
 (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 
 (e) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; 
 (ii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (a) is for relief against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case; 
 (b) appoints a
Custodian of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (c) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 
 The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 
  

 -55- 

 SECTION 6.2 Acceleration. 
 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (8) of Section 6.1 with respect to the Company) occurs and is
continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may declare the principal of the Notes and any accrued interest on the Notes to be due and payable
immediately by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders); provided, however, that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on the Notes, have been cured or waived as
provided in this Indenture. 
 In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes solely because an Event of Default described in
clause (6) of Section 6.1 has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to
clause (6) shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or waived by the holders of the relevant Debt within 20 Business Days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if the
rescission and annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the payment of amounts due on the Notes. 
 If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) of Section 6.1 occurs with respect to the Company, the principal of and any accrued interest on
the Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any Default (except Default in payment of
principal of, premium, if any, and interest) if the Trustee determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders to do so. 
 No Holder of any Note will have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture or for any remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default
and unless also the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have made written request, and offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as Trustee, and the Trustee shall not
have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days. Such limitations do not apply, however,
to a suit instituted by a Holder of a Note for enforcement of payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on such Note on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note. 
 In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Company with the
intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have had to pay if the Company then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.7 hereof, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable
to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes. 
 SECTION 6.3 Other Remedies. 
 If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any,
interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. 
 The Trustee may maintain a proceeding
even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy
or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 
 Pursuant to
Section 4.4, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with this Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a
statement specifying such Default or Event of Default. 
  

 -56- 

 SECTION 6.4 Waiver of Past Defaults. 
 The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the
Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes (other than as a result of an acceleration),
which shall require the consent of all of the Holders of the Notes then outstanding. 
 SECTION 6.5 Control by Majority. 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust power conferred on it. However, (i) the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may
be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, and (ii) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. In case an
Event of Default shall occur (which shall not be cured), the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a prudent man in the conduct of his own affairs. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this
Indenture, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holder, unless such Holder shall offer to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability or expense. 
 SECTION 6.6 Limitation on Suits. 
 A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if: 
 (a) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default or the Trustee receives such notice from the Company;

 (b) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes make a written request to the
Trustee to pursue the remedy; 
 (c) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity or
security reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (d) the Trustee does not comply
with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of such indemnity or security; and 
 (e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request. 
 A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder. 
 SECTION 6.7 Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment. 
 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in
connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder. 
 SECTION 6.8 Collection Suit by Trustee. 
 If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(1) or (2) hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer for the whole amount of
principal of, premium and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, 

  

 -57- 

 
to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. 
 SECTION 6.9 Trustee May File Proofs of
Claim. 
 The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order
to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any
other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other securities or property payable or deliverable upon the conversion or exchange of the Notes or on
any such claims and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to
pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof. To the extent that the payment
of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason,
payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under
any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 
 SECTION 6.10 Priorities. 
 Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI and any
money or other property distributable in respect of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of
such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, if any, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: 
 First: to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee), its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.7 hereof,
including payment of all reasonable compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection; 
 Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without
preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest respectively; 
 Third: without duplication, to the Holders for any other Obligations owing to the Holders under this Indenture and the Notes; and 
 Fourth: to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct. 
 The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. 
 SECTION 6.11 Undertaking for Costs. 
 In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the
suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and 

  

 -58- 

 
good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant
to Section 6.7 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. 
 ARTICLE VII

 TRUSTEE 
 SECTION 7.1
Duties of Trustee. 
 (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and
powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs. 
 (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: 
 (i) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture or the TIA and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture or the
TIA and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (ii)
in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the
requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the certificates and opinions specifically required to be furnished to it to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need
not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts or conclusions stated therein). 
 (c) The Trustee may
not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 
 (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraphs (b) or (e) of this Section 7.1; 
 (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by an officer of the Trustee, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and 

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to Section 6.5 hereof or otherwise in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture. 
 (d) Whether or not therein
expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (e) of this Section 7.1. 
 (e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no
obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.
Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 
  

 -59- 

 SECTION 7.2 Rights of Trustee. 
 (a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting on any document believed by it to be genuine and
to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. 
 (b)
Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’
Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of the Trustee’s own choosing and the Trustee shall be fully protected from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and
in reliance on the advice or opinion of such counsel or on any Opinion of Counsel. 
 (c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and
agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any attorney or agent appointed with due care. 
 (d) The Trustee
shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture. Any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be
sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution. Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a
matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officers’
Certificate. 
 (e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company or a
Guarantor shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company or such Guarantor. 
 (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to
exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the
costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. 
 (g) The Trustee shall not be
bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper
or documents, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to
examine during normal business hours the books, records and premises of the Company or any Guarantor, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company, and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of
such inquiry or investigation. 
 (h) The rights, privileges, protections and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation,
its rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Persons employed to act hereunder. 
 (i) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers
authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such
certificate previously delivered and not superseded. 
 SECTION 7.3 Individual Rights of Trustee. 
 The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or any Affiliate of
the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest as defined in Section 310(b) of the TIA, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the
Commission for permission to continue as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof. 
  

 -60- 

 SECTION 7.4 Trustee’s Disclaimer. 
 The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be
accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer’s or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any
money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes, any statement or recital in any document in connection with the sale of the Notes or
pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication on the Notes. 
 SECTION 7.5 Notice of Defaults. 

If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice
of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Trustee in good faith determines that
withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders. 
 SECTION 7.6 Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes. 
 Within 60 days after each June 1 beginning with the June 1, 2007, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the
Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).
The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c). 
 A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Company has informed the Trustee in writing the Notes
are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof. 
 SECTION 7.7 Compensation and Indemnity. 
 The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an
express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable
compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel. 
 The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee (which for
purposes of this Section 7.7 shall include its officers, directors, employees and agents) against any and all claims, damage, losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration
of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer (including this Section 7.7) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer or any Holder or any other
Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder except to the extent any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct. The
Trustee shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall
cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of one such counsel. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld. 
  

 -61- 

 The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.7 shall survive the
satisfaction and discharge or termination for any reason of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 To secure the
Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal or interest, if any,
on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge or termination for any reason of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
 In addition, and without prejudice to the rights provided to the Trustee under any of the provisions of this Indenture, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in
Section 6.1(8) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. 
 “Trustee” for the purposes of this Section 7.7 shall include any predecessor Trustee and the Trustee in each of its capacities
hereunder and each agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder; provided, however, that the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights of any other Trustee
hereunder. 
 The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable. 
 SECTION 7.8 Replacement of Trustee. 
 A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.8. 
 The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if: 
 (a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof; 
 (b) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy
Law; 
 (c) a Custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or 
 (d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. 
 If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer. 
 If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding
Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 If the Trustee, after written request
by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and the duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the
Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as 

  

 -62- 

 
Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in
Section 7.7 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuer’s obligations under and the Lien provided for in Section 7.7 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 SECTION 7.9 Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc. 
 If the Trustee or any Agent consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another Person, the successor Person without any further act shall be the
successor Trustee or any Agent, as applicable. 
 SECTION 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification. 
 There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of
any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power and that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities. The Trustee together with its affiliates shall at all times have a combined
capital surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent annual report of condition. 
 This Indenture shall always have a
Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §§ 310(a)(l), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b) including the provision in § 310(b)(1); provided that there shall be excluded from the
operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or certificates of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuer or the Guarantors are outstanding if the requirements for exclusion set
forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met. 
 SECTION 7.11 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Issuer. 
 The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or
been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 
 SECTION 7.12 Trustee’s Application for
Instructions from the Issuer. 
 Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the Issuer may, at the option of the
Trustee, set forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be effective. The Trustee shall not be liable for any
action taken by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall not be less than twenty Business Days after the date any officer of the
Issuer actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action (or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have received
written instructions in response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted. 
 SECTION 7.13 Limitation of
Liability. 
 In no event shall the Trustee, in its capacity as such or as Paying Agent or Registrar or in any other capacity hereunder,
be liable under or in connection with this Indenture for indirect, special, incidental, punitive or consequential losses or damages of any kind whatsoever, including but not limited to lost profits, whether or not foreseeable, even if the Trustee
has been advised of the possibility thereof and regardless of the form of action in which such damages are sought. The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture
arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including, without limitation, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots;
interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action. The provisions of this Section shall survive
satisfaction and discharge or the termination for any reason of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee. 
  

 -63- 

 ARTICLE VIII 
 DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 SECTION 8.1 Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

 The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a Board Resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any
time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII. 
 SECTION 8.2 Defeasance and Discharge. 
 Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof
of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, The Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on
the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “defeasance”). For this purpose, defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Debt represented by the outstanding Notes,
which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.5 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all of its other obligations
under such Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or
discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in
Section 8.4(l); (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.10 and 4.2 hereof; (c) the rights, powers, trusts, benefits and immunities of the Trustee, including without
limitation thereunder, under Section 7.7, 8.5 and 8.7 hereof and the Issuer’s obligations in connection therewith; (d) the Company’s rights pursuant to Section 3.7; and (e) the provisions of this Article VIII. Subject
to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3 hereof. 
 The Issuer and the Guarantors may terminate the obligations under this Indenture when: 
 (1) either: (A) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or
(B) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable or (ii) will become due and payable within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year (a
“Discharge”) under irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be
deposited with the Trustee funds in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Notes, not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal of, premium, if any, and interest to the Stated Maturity or
date of redemption; 
 (2) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then due and payable under this Indenture
by the Issuer; 
 (3) the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other
instrument to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which the Issuer or any Guarantor is bound; 
 (4) the Issuer
has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be; and 
 (5) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee,
each stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the Discharge have been complied with. 
  

 -64- 

 The Issuer may elect, at its option, to have its obligations discharged with respect to the outstanding
Notes. Such defeasance means that the Issuer will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, except for: 
 (1) the rights of Holders of such Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of and any premium and interest on such Notes when
payments are due, 
 (2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to such Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes,
registration of Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust, 
 (3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, 
 (4) the Company’s right of optional redemption, and 
 (5) the defeasance provisions of this Indenture. 
 SECTION 8.3 Covenant Defeasance. 
 Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of
the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Issuer shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.3, 4.4, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9,
4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15, 4.17, 4.20, 4.21 and 5.1 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “covenant defeasance”), and the Notes shall
thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed
“outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, covenant defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the
Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any
such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1 hereof, but, except as
specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of
the conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, Sections 6.1(3) and (5) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default. 
 SECTION
8.4 Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. 
 The following shall be the conditions to the application of either
Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof to the outstanding Notes: 
 In order to exercise either defeasance or covenant defeasance: 
 (1) the Issuer must irrevocably have deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of
making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to the benefits of the Holders of such Notes: (A) money in an amount, or (B) U.S. government obligations which through the scheduled payment of
principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment, money in an amount or (C) a combination thereof, in each case sufficient without reinvestment, in the opinion of
a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, the entire indebtedness in
respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes on the Stated Maturity thereof or (if the Issuer has made irrevocable arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the
name and at the expense of the Issuer) the redemption date thereof, as the case may be, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such Notes; 
  

 -65- 

 (2) in the case of defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion
of Counsel stating that (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable United States federal income
tax law, in either case (A) or (B) to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of such Notes will not recognize gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit,
defeasance and discharge to be effected with respect to such Notes and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge
were not to occur; 
 (3) in the case of covenant defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel to the effect that the Holders of such outstanding Notes will not recognize gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the deposit and covenant defeasance to be effected with respect to such Notes and will be
subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would be the case if such deposit and covenant defeasance were not to occur; 
 (4) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the outstanding Notes shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such deposit
after giving effect thereto (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit and the grant of any Lien to secure such borrowing) or, in the case of defeasance, either: (A) the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, based upon existing precedents, if the matter were properly briefed, assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company or any Guarantor between the date of deposit and the
93rd day following the deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Company under applicable bankruptcy law, after the 93rd day following the deposit, a court should hold that the deposit of monies and/or U.S. government
obligations as provided in clause (1) would not constitute a preference voidable under Section 547 or 548 of the federal bankruptcy laws; or (B) no Default or Event of Default relating to bankruptcy or insolvency shall have occurred
and be continuing at any time on or prior to the 93rd day after the date of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until after such 93rd day); 
 (5) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA
(assuming all Notes are in default within the meaning of the TIA); 
 (6) such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not
result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement or material instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound; and 
 (7) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent with respect to such defeasance or covenant defeasance have been complied with. 
 In the event of a defeasance or a
Discharge, a Holder whose taxable year straddles the deposit of funds and the distribution in redemption to such Holder would be subject to tax on any gain (whether characterized as capital gain or market discount) in the year of deposit rather than
in the year of receipt. In connection with a Discharge, in the event the Issuer becomes insolvent within the applicable preference period after the date of deposit, monies held for the payment of the Notes may be part of the bankruptcy estate of the
Issuer, disbursement of such monies may be subject to the automatic stay of the Bankruptcy Code and monies disbursed to Holders may be subject to disgorgement in favor of the Issuer’s estate. Similar results may apply upon the insolvency of the
Issuer during the applicable preference period following the deposit of monies in connection with defeasance. 
 Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the Opinion of Counsel required by clause (2) above with respect to a Defeasance need not to be delivered if all Notes not therefore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable, or (y) will
become due and payable at Stated Maturity within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company. 
  

 -66- 

 SECTION 8.5 Deposited Money and Government Securities to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
Provisions. 
 Subject to Section 8.6 hereof, all money and non-callable U.S. government obligations (including the proceeds
thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5, the “Trustee”) pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust,
shall not be invested, and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company or any Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as
the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or
non-callable U.S. government obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the
outstanding Notes. 
 Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuer from time
to time upon the written request of the Issuer and be relieved of all liability with respect to any money or non-callable U.S. government obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be
deposited to effect an equivalent defeasance or covenant defeasance. 
 SECTION 8.6 Repayment to Issuer. 
 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or
interest, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for one year after such principal and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its written request or (if then held by the Issuer) shall be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all
liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once,
in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or
publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuer. 
 SECTION 8.7 Reinstatement.

 If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States dollars or non-callable U.S. government obligations in accordance with
Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture
and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3
hereof, as the case may be; provided, however, that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights
of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment `from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent. 
  

 -67- 

 ARTICLE IX 
 AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER 
 SECTION 9.1 Without Consent of Holders of the Notes. 

Notwithstanding Section 9.2 of this Indenture, without the consent of any Holders, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, at any time and
from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental to this Indenture for any of the following purposes: 
 (1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company in this Indenture and in the Notes; 
 (2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the
Issuer; 
 (3) to add additional Events of Default; 
 (4) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of the certificated Notes; 
 (5) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under this Indenture by a successor Trustee; 
 (6) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 
 (7) to add a Guarantor or to release a Guarantor in accordance with this Indenture; 
 (8) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 
 (9) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, provided that such actions
pursuant to this clause shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company; or 
 (10) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering
Memorandum to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes. 
 SECTION 9.2 With Consent of Holders of Notes. 
 With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental to
this Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under this Indenture, including the
definitions herein; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby: 
 (1) change the Stated Maturity of any Note or of any installment of interest on any Note, or reduce the amount payable in respect of the
principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable thereon, or reduce the amount that would be due and payable on acceleration of the maturity thereof, or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any
Note or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof, or change the date on which any Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce
the Redemption Price therefor, 
  

 -68- 

 (2) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, the
consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences)
provided for in this Indenture, 
 (3) modify the obligations of the Company to make Offers to Purchase upon a Change of
Control or from the Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales if such modification was done after the occurrence of such Change of Control or such Asset Sale, 
 (4) subordinate, in right of payment, the Notes to any other Debt of the Company, 
 (5)
modify any of the provisions of this paragraph or provisions relating to waiver of defaults or certain covenants, except to increase any such percentage required for such actions or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot
be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby, or 
 (6) release any
Guarantees required to be maintained under this Indenture (other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture). 
 The Holders of not
less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past default under this Indenture and its consequences, except a default: 
 (1) in any payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Notes (including any Note which is required to
have been purchased pursuant to an Offer to Purchase which has been made by the Issuer), or 
 (2) in respect of a covenant or
provision hereof which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected. 
 SECTION 9.3 Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. 
 Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set
forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect. 
 SECTION 9.4 Revocation and Effect of
Consents. 
 Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by
the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may
revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. When an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms, it
thereafter binds every Holder. 
 The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for determining which Holders consent to
such amendment, supplement or waiver. If the Issuer fixes a record date, the record date shall be fixed at (i) the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished for the
Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof or (ii) such other date as the Issuer shall designate. 
 SECTION
9.5 Notation on or Exchange of Notes. 
 The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any
Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. 
  

 -69- 

 Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of
such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 After any amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, the Company shall mail to Holders a
notice briefly describing such amendment, supplement or waiver. The failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 SECTION 9.6 Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc. 
 The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer and the
Guarantors may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until their respective Boards of Directors approve it. In signing or refusing to sign any amendment or supplemental indenture the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to
Section 7.1 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that all
conditions precedent thereto have been met or waived, that such amendment or supplemental indenture is not inconsistent herewith, and that it will be valid and binding upon the Issuer in accordance with its terms. 
 ARTICLE X 
 NOTE GUARANTEES 
 SECTION 10.1 Note Guarantees. 
 (a)
Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the Notes and obligations of the Issuer hereunder and thereunder, and guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and
to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, that: (i) the principal of and premium, if any and interest on the Notes shall be paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise (including, without
limitation, the amount that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code), together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and interest on any overdue interest, to the extent
lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder shall be paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment
or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same shall be paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Each of the Note
Guarantees shall be a guarantee of payment and not of collection. 
 (b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be
unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the
recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. 
 (c) Each Guarantor hereby waives the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or
bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or any other Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor shall not be discharged as to any Note
except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note and such Note Guarantee or as provided for in this Indenture. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal or premium, if any or
interest on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee without first proceeding against the Company or any other Guarantor. Each Guarantor agrees that if, after the occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law 

  

 -70- 

 
from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right
or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor shall pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised
by the Trustee or any of the Holders. 
 (d) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer or
any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to the Issuer or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Note Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the
extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. This paragraph (d) shall remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may be taken by the Trustee or any Holder in reliance upon such amount required to
be returned. This paragraph (d) shall survive the termination of this Indenture. 
 (e) Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between
each Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI hereof for the purposes of the Note Guarantee of such
Guarantor, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI hereof,
such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor. 
 SECTION 10.2 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantee. 
 To evidence its Note Guarantee set forth in
Section 10.1, each Guarantor agrees that a notation of such Note Guarantee substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. Such notation of Note
Guarantee shall be signed on behalf of such Guarantor by an officer of such Guarantor (or, if an officer is not available, by a board member or director) on behalf of such Guarantor by manual or facsimile signature. In case the officer, board member
or director of such Guarantor who shall have signed such notation of Note Guarantee shall cease to be such officer, board member or director before the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed shall have been authenticated and delivered by the
Trustee, such Note nevertheless may be authenticated and delivered as though the Person who signed such notation of Note Guarantee had not ceased to be such officer, board member or director. 
 Each Guarantor agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 shall remain in full force and effect and apply to all the Notes
notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Note Guarantee. The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of any Note Guarantee set forth in this
Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors. 
 The failure to endorse a Note Guarantee shall not affect or impair the validity thereof.

 SECTION 10.3 Severability. 
 In case any provision of any Note Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 SECTION 10.4 Limitation of Guarantors’ Liability. 
 Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Note Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes
of the Federal Bankruptcy Code, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law or the provisions of its local law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance. To effectuate the
foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent
and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of 

  

 -71- 

 
such other Guarantor under its Note Guarantee, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee constituting a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance. 
 SECTION 10.5 Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms. 
 Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.6 hereof, a Guarantor may not sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, or
consolidate with or merge with or into (whether or not such Guarantor is the surviving Person) another Person unless: 
 (1)
immediately after giving effect to such transactions, no Default or Event of Default exists; and 
 (2) either: 
 (A) the Person acquiring the property in any such sale or disposition or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
merger assumes all the obligations of that Guarantor under this Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture satisfactory to the Trustee; or 
 (B) the Net Proceeds of any such sale or other disposition of a Guarantor are applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; and 
 (3) the Company delivers, or causes to be delivered, to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
that such sale, other disposition, consolidation or merger complies with the requirements of the Indenture. 
 In case of any such
consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Person, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Note Guarantee and the due and punctual
performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Guarantor, such successor Person shall succeed to and be substituted for the Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Guarantor.
All the Note Guarantees so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Note Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all such Note
Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof. 
 Except as set forth in Articles IV and V hereof, and notwithstanding
clauses (1) and (2) above, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Issuer or another Guarantor, or shall prevent any sale or conveyance of the
property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Issuer or another Guarantor. 
 SECTION 10.6 Releases
Following Sale of Assets. 
 Any Guarantor shall be released and relieved of any obligations under this Note Guarantee, (1) in
connection with any sale or other disposition by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after
giving effect to such transaction) a Subsidiary, if the Issuer or the Guarantor applies the Net Proceeds of that sale or other disposition in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; or (2) in connection with any sale of all
of the Capital Stock of a Guarantor by the Issuer or any Subsidiary of the Issuer to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) a Subsidiary, if the Issuer applies the Net Proceeds of that sale in accordance with
the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof. Upon delivery to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such sale or other disposition was made by the Issuer in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture, including without limitation Section 4.10 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee. 
  

 -72- 

 Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under this Note Guarantee shall remain liable for the
full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article X. 
 SECTION 10.7 Release of a Guarantor. 
 Any Guarantor that is designated by the Board of Directors of
the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of this Indenture shall, at such time, be deemed automatically and unconditionally released and discharged of its obligations under its Note Guarantee without any further action
on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee shall deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release upon receipt of the Company’s request for such release accompanied by an Officers’ Certificate certifying as to the
compliance with this Section 10.7. Any Guarantor not so released shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes as provided in its Note Guarantee. 
 SECTION 10.8 Benefits Acknowledged. 
 Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that its guarantee and waivers pursuant to its Note Guarantee are knowingly made in
contemplation of such benefits. 
 SECTION 10.9 Future Guarantors. 
 Each Person that is required to become a Guarantor after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 4.20 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a
supplemental indenture pursuant to which such Person shall become a Guarantor. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’
Certificate to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Person and that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other
similar laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor,
enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms and/or to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request. 
 ARTICLE
XI 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
 SECTION
11.1 Trust Indenture Act Controls. 
 If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA
§ 318(c), the imposed duties shall control. 
 SECTION 11.2 Notices. 
 Any notice or communication by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by
first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others address: 
 If to the Issuer or any Guarantor: 
 PNA Group, Inc. 
 400 Northbridge Road, Suite 850 
 Atlanta,
Georgia 30350 
 Facsimile: (678) 352-2441 
 Attention: Chris J. Moreton 
  

 -73- 

 With a copy to: 
 Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP 
 787 Seventh Avenue 
 New York, New York 10019 
 Facsimile:
(212) 728-9214 
 Attention: Cristopher Greer 
 If to the Trustee: 
 The Bank of New York 
 101 Barclay Street, 8W 
 New York, New York
10286 
 Facsimile: (212) 815-5704 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Division - Corporate Finance Unit 
 The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by notice to the others,
may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. 
 All notices and communications (other than those
sent to Holders and the Trustee) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if
telecopied; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier promising next Business Day delivery. 
 Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail or by overnight air courier promising next Business Day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also
be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. 

If a notice or communication is mailed or delivered in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the
addressee receives it, except in the case of notices or communications given to the Trustee, which shall be effective only upon actual receipt. 
 If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time. 
 SECTION 11.3 Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes. 
 Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA
§ 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c). 
 SECTION 11.4 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. 
 Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture (other than the initial issuance of the Notes), the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee upon request: 
 (a) an Officers’ Certificate (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion
of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and 
 (b) an Opinion of Counsel (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.5 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied. 
  

 -74- 

 SECTION 11.5 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. 
 Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided
pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include: 
 (a) a statement
that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the
nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition
has been satisfied; and 
 (d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has
been satisfied. 
 SECTION 11.6 Rules by Trustee and Agents. 
 The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set
reasonable requirements for its functions. 
 SECTION 11.7 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

 No director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator, past, present or future, of the Company or any of
its Subsidiaries, as such or in such capacity, shall have any personal liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, any Note Guarantee or this Indenture by reason of his, her or its status as such director, officer, employee,
stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator. 
 SECTION 11.8 Governing Law. 
 THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE NOTE GUARANTEES, IF ANY. The parties to this
Indenture each hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan in The City of New York in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Notes, the
Note Guarantees or this Indenture, and all such parties hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or federal court and hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest
extent that they may legally do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES, THE NOTE GUARANTEES OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. 
 SECTION 11.9 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. 
 This Indenture may not be used to
interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 
  

 -75- 

 SECTION 11.10 Successors. 
 All agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes and the Note Guarantees, as applicable, shall bind their respective
successors and assigns. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors and assigns. 
 SECTION 11.11
Severability. 
 In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 SECTION 11.12 Counterpart
Originals. 
 The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them
together represent the same agreement. 
 SECTION 11.13 Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. 
 The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference
only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 
 SECTION 11.14 Acts of Holders. 
 (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein
otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied
therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient
for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section 11.14. 
 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take
acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such officer the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such signer’s individual
capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such signer’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be
proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient. 
 (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Holder list maintained
under Section 2.5 hereunder. 
 (d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act of the Holder of
any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the
Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 (e) If the Issuer shall solicit
from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Issuer may, at its option, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give
such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, but the Issuer shall have no obligation to do so. If such a record date is fixed, such 

  

 -76- 

 
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of record
at the close of business on such record date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such record date
shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date. 
 [Signatures on following page] 
  

 -77- 

 SIGNATURES 
  

									
	Dated as of August 15, 2006	 		 	PNA GROUP, INC.
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	/s/ Eva M. Kalawski
		 		 		 		 	Name: Eva M. Kalawski
		 		 		 		 	Title: Vice President and Secretary
				
		 		 		 	SMITH PIPE & STEEL COMPANY
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	 /s/ Eva M. Kalawski

		 		 		 		 	Name: Eva M. Kalawski
		 		 		 		 	Title:   Vice President & Secretary
				
		 		 		 	INFRA-METALS CO.
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	 /s/ Eva M. Kalawski

		 		 		 		 	Name: Eva M. Kalawski
		 		 		 		 	Title:   Vice President & Secretary
				
		 		 		 	FERALLOY CORPORATION
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	 /s/ Eva M. Kalawski

		 		 		 		 	Name: Eva M. Kalawski
		 		 		 		 	Title:   Vice President & Secretary
				
		 		 		 	DELNOR CORPORATION
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	 /s/ Eva M. Kalawski

		 		 		 		 	Name: Eva M. Kalawski
		 		 		 		 	Title:   Vice President & Secretary

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 [Indenture]

			
	 DELTA STEEL, L.P.

		
	 By:
	 	Delta GP, L.L.C., its general partner
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Eva M. Kalawski

		 	Name: Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:   Vice President & Secretary
		
	 By:
	 	Delta LP, L.L.C., its limited partner
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Eva M. Kalawski

		 	Name: Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:   Vice President & Secretary
	
	 DELTA GP, L.L.C.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Eva M. Kalawski

		 	Name: Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:   Vice President & Secretary
	
	 DELTA LP, L.L.C.

		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ Eva M. Kalawski

		 	Name: Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:   Vice President & Secretary

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 [Indenture]

			
	METALS SUPPLY COMPANY, LTD.
		
	By:	 	MSC Management, Inc., its general partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Eva M. Kalawski

		 	Name: Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:   Vice President & Secretary
		
	By:	 	PNA Group, Inc., its limited partner
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Eva M. Kalawski

		 	Name: Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:   Vice President & Secretary
	
	MSC MANAGEMENT, INC.
		
	By:	 	 /s/ Eva M. Kalawski

		 	Name: Eva M. Kalawski
		 	Title:   Vice President & Secretary

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 [Indenture]

									
			
	Dated as of August 15, 2006	 		 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK,
as Trustee
					
		 		 		 	By:	 	/s/ Geovanni Barris
		 		 		 		 	Name: Geovanni Barris
		 		 		 		 	Title:   Vice President

  
  
 [Indenture] 

 EXHIBIT A 
 FORM OF NOTE 
 (Face of 10 3/4% Senior Note) 
 10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 
 [Global Notes Legend] 
 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OR TRANSFER, EXCHANGE
OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUIRED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST
COMPANY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE
DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY) ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 
 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH
SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE. 
 [Restricted Notes Legend] 
 THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY
EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE
EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE
SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE COMPANY OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE
SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET
FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY. 
  

 A-1 

			
		  	INITIAL NOTES:
		
	No.	  	CUSIP NO.[144A: 69346R AA 6/REG S: U72717 AA 6]
		
		  	ISIN: [144A: US69346RAA68/ REG S: USU72717AA61
		
		  	EXCHANGE NOTES:
		
		  	CUSIP NO.[69346R AB4]
		
		  	ISIN: [US 69346RAB42]

 PNA Group, Inc. 
 promise to pay to Cede & Co. or registered assigns, the principal sum of                      Dollars
($            ) on September 1, 2016. 
 Interest Payment Dates:
March 1 and September 1, beginning March 1, 2007 
 Record Dates: February 15 and August 15 
 Reference is made to further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same
effect as set forth at this place. 
 Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to on the
reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefits under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 
  

 A-2 

			
	PNA GROUP, INC.
		
	By:	 	  
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
	
	This is one of the 10 3/4% Senior Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:
	
	Dated:                     
	
	THE BANK OF NEW YORK, as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  
		 	Authorized Signatory

  

 A-3 

 (Reverse of 10 3/4% Senior Note) 
 10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 
 PNA GROUP, INC. 
 Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated. 
 (1) Interest. 
 (a)
PNA Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its successor (together, “PNA”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note (“10 3/4% Senior Note”) at a fixed rate. PNA will pay interest in United States dollars
(except as otherwise provided herein) semiannually in arrears on March 1 and September 1, commencing on March 1, 2007 or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment
Date”). Interest on the 10 3/4% Senior Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including August 15, 2006; provided that if there is no existing Default
or Event of Default in the payment of interest, and if this 10 3/4% Senior Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (but after August 15, 2006), interest shall
accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date, except in the case of the original issuance of 10 3/4% Senior Notes, in which case interest shall accrue from the date of authentication. PNA shall pay interest (including post-petition
interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the 10 3/4% Senior Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year
comprised of twelve 30-day months. The interest rate on the Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by New York law as the same may be modified by United States law of general application. 
 [(b) Registration Rights Agreement. The Holder of this Note is entitled to
the benefits of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2006, among the Issuer, the Guarantors party thereto and the Initial Purchasers.]1 
 (2) Method of Payment. PNA will pay interest on the 10 3/4% Senior Notes (except
defaulted interest) on the applicable Interest Payment Date to the Persons who are registered Holders of 10 3/4% Senior Notes at the close of business on the February 1 and August 1 preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such 10 3/4%
Senior Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The 10 3/4% Senior Notes shall be payable as to principal,
premium and interest at the office or agency of PNA maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of PNA, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth
in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, all Global Notes and all other 10 3/4% Senior Notes the
Holders of which shall have provided written wire transfer instructions to PNA and the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and
private debts. 
 Any payments of principal of and interest on this 10 3/4% Senior Note prior to Stated Maturity shall be binding upon all future Holders of
this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon. The amount due and payable at the maturity of this Note shall be payable only upon presentation and
surrender of this Note at an office of the Trustee or the Trustee’s agent appointed for such purposes. 

	 1
	 To be included only in the Initial Notes on the Issue Date and any Additional Notes that bear the
Restricted Note Legend. 

  

 A-4 

 (3) Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, The Bank of New York, the Trustee under the Indenture,
shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. PNA may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. PNA or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity. 
 (4) Indenture. PNA issued the 10 3/4% Senior Notes under an Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2006 (the “Indenture”), among PNA
Group, Inc., the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the 10 3/4% Senior Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code
§§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the “TIA”). To the extent the provisions of this 10 3/4% Senior Note are inconsistent with the provisions of the Indenture, the Indenture shall govern. The 10 3/4% Senior Notes are subject to all such
terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. The 10 3/4% Senior Notes issued on the Issue Date are senior Obligations of PNA limited to $250,000,000 in aggregate principal amount, plus amounts, if any,
sufficient to pay premium and interest on outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Notes as set forth in Paragraph 2 hereof. The Indenture permits the issuance of Additional Notes subject to compliance with certain conditions. 
 The payment of principal and interest on the 10 3/4% Senior Notes is unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by the Guarantors. 
 (5) Optional Redemption. 
 (a) The 10
3/4% Senior Notes may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to September 1, 2011, at the option of the Company upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s
registered address, at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 10 3/4% Senior Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the applicable redemption date (subject to the right
of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). 
 (b) The 10 3/4% Senior
Notes are subject to redemption, at the option of the Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or after September 1, 2011, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at the following Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages
of the principal amount to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular record date to receive interest due on
an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning September 1 of the years indicated: 
  

				
	 Year
	  	Percentage	 
	 2011
	  	105.375	%
	 2012
	  	103.583	%
	 2013
	  	101.792	%
	 2014 and thereafter
	  	100.000	%

 (c) At any time, or from time to time, prior to September 1, 2009, the Company may, with the
net proceeds of one or more Qualified Equity Offerings, redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Notes at a Redemption Price equal to 110.750% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and
unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of redemption; provided that at least 65% of the principal amount of 10 3/4% Senior Notes originally issued on the Issue Date remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of any such redemption
(excluding 10 3/4% Senior Notes held by the Company or its Subsidiaries) and that any such redemption occurs within 90 days following the closing of any such Qualified Equity Offering. 
 (6) Mandatory Redemption. Except as set forth under Sections 3.9, 4.10 and 4.14 of the Indenture, the Company shall not be required to make
mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the 10 3/4% Senior Notes. 
  

 A-5 

 (7) Repurchase at Option of Holder. 
 (a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require PNA to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 and any
integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of such Holder’s 10 3/4% Senior Notes pursuant to the offer described below (the “Change of Control Offer”) at an offer price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of purchase. Within 30 days following any Change of Control, PNA will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control setting
forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer required by the Indenture. 
 (b) Upon the occurrence of certain Asset Sales, the
Company may be required to offer to purchase 10 3/4% Senior Notes. 
 (c) Holders of the 10 3/4% Senior Notes that are the subject of an
Offer to Purchase will receive notice of an Offer to Purchase pursuant to an Asset Sale or a Change of Control from PNA prior to any related Purchase Date and may elect to have such 10 3/4% Senior Notes purchased by completing the form titled
“Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below. 
 (8) Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be mailed at
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose 10 3/4% Senior Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. 10 3/4% Senior Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in a
minimum amount of $2,000 principal amount (and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof), unless all of the 10 3/4% Senior Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to accrue on the 10 3/4%
Senior Notes or portions hereof called for redemption. 
 (9) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The 10 3/4% Senior Notes are in
registered form without coupons in initial denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of the 10 3/4% Senior Notes may be registered and the 10 3/4% Senior Notes may be exchanged as provided in the
Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and PNA may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. PNA
need not exchange or register the transfer of any 10 3/4% Senior Note or portion of a 10 3/4% Senior Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any 10 3/4% Senior Note being redeemed in part. Also, it need not exchange or
register the transfer of any 10 3/4% Senior Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of 10 3/4% Senior Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date. 
 (10) Persons Deemed Owners. The registered holder of a 10 3/4% Senior Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes. 
 (11) Amendment, Supplement and Waiver. Subject to the following paragraphs, the Indenture and the 10 3/4% Senior Notes may be amended or
supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Notes, including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or, tender offer or
exchange offer for 10 3/4% Senior Notes, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the 10 3/4% Senior Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the then outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Notes, including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for 10 3/4% Senior Notes. 
 Without the consent of any Holders, PNA, the Guarantors and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental to the Indenture for any of the following purposes:

 (1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants
of the Company in the Indenture and in the 10 3/4% Senior Notes; 
  

 A-6 

 (2) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders, or to
surrender any right or power herein conferred upon PNA; 
 (3) to add additional Events of Default; 
 (4) to provide for uncertificated 10 3/4% Senior Notes in addition to or in place of the certificated 10 3/4% Senior Notes; 
 (5) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment under the Indenture by a successor Trustee; 
 (6) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture; 
 (7) to add a Guarantor or to release a Guarantor in accordance with the Indenture; 
 (8) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; 
 (9) to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the Indenture, provided that such actions
pursuant to this clause shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders in any material respect, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company; or 
 (10) to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum
to the extent that such provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the Indenture or the 10 3/4% Senior Notes. 
 With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Notes, PNA, the Guarantors
and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental to the Indenture for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or the 10 3/4% Senior Notes or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders under the Indenture, including the definitions therein; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding 10 3/4%
Senior Note affected thereby: 
 (1) change the Stated Maturity of any 10 3/4% Senior Note or of any installment of interest
on any 10 3/4% Senior Note, or reduce the amount payable in respect of the principal thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any premium payable thereon, or reduce the amount that would be due and payable on acceleration of the maturity thereof,
or change the place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which, any 10 3/4% Senior Note or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the Stated
Maturity thereof, or change the date on which any 10 3/4% Senior Notes may be subject to redemption or reduce the Redemption Price therefor, 
 (2) reduce the percentage in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Notes, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is
required for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of the Indenture or certain defaults thereunder and their consequences) provided for in the Indenture, 
 (3) modify the obligations of the Company to make Offers to Purchase upon a Change of Control or from the Excess Proceeds of Asset Sales
if such modification was done after the occurrence of such Change of Control or such Asset Sale, 
 (4) subordinate, in right
of payment, the 10 3/4% Senior Notes to any other Debt of the Company, 
 (5) modify any of the provisions of this paragraph
or provisions relating to waiver of defaults or certain covenants, except to increase any such percentage required for such actions or to provide that 

  

 A-7 

 
certain other provisions of the Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Note affected
thereby, or 
 (6) release any Guarantees required to be maintained under the Indenture (other than in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture). 
 The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Notes may
on behalf of the Holders of all the 10 3/4% Senior Notes waive any past default under the Indenture and its consequences, except a default: 
 (1) in any payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any 10 3/4% Senior Notes (including any 10 3/4% Senior Note which is required to have been purchased pursuant to an Offer to
Purchase which has been made by the Issuer), or 
 (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under the Indenture
cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Note affected. 
 (13) Defaults and
Remedies. Events of Default include: 
 (1) default in the payment in respect of the principal of (or premium, if any, on)
any 10 3/4% Senior Note at its maturity (whether at Stated Maturity or upon repurchase, acceleration, optional redemption or otherwise); 
 (2) default in the payment of any interest upon any 10 3/4% Senior Note when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; 
 (3) failure to perform or comply with the Indenture provisions described under Section 5.1 thereof; 
 (4) except as permitted by the Indenture, any Guarantee of a Significant Subsidiary shall for any reason cease to be, or it shall be
asserted by any Guarantor or the Company not to be, in full force and effect and enforceable in accordance with its terms; 
 (5) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or agreement of the Company or any Guarantor in the Indenture (other than a covenant or agreement a default in whose performance or whose breach is specifically dealt with in
clauses (1), (2) (3) or (4) above), and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of
at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Notes; 
 (6) a default or defaults under any
bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of Debt (other than the 10 3/4% Senior Notes) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary having, individually or in the aggregate, a principal or similar amount outstanding of at least $15.0 million,
whether such Debt now exists or shall hereafter be created, which default or defaults shall have resulted in the acceleration of the maturity of such Debt prior to its express maturity or shall constitute a failure to pay at least $15.0 million
of such Debt when due and payable after the expiration of any applicable grace period with respect thereto; 
 (7) the entry
against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary of a final judgment or final judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $15.0 million, by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction,
which judgments remain undischarged, unwaived, unstayed, unbonded or unsatisfied for a period of 60 consecutive days; or 
 (8)(i) the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken as a whole, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy
Law: 
 (a) commences a voluntary case, 
  

 A-8 

 (b) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 (c) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property, 
 (d) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or 
 (e) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; 
 or (ii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (a) is for relief against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an
involuntary case; 
 (b) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or
any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or 
 (c) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Restricted
Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 
 If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (8) above with respect to the Company) occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders of not less than
25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 10 3/4% Senior Notes may declare the principal of the 10 3/4% Senior Notes and any accrued interest on the 10 3/4% Senior Notes to be due and payable immediately by a notice in writing to the
Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders); provided, however, that after such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding 10
3/4% Senior Notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal of or interest on the 10 3/4% Senior Notes, have been cured or waived as provided in
the Indenture. 
 In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the 10 3/4% Senior Notes solely because an Event of Default described in
clause (6) above has occurred and is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the 10 3/4% Senior Notes shall be automatically rescinded and annulled if the event of default or payment default triggering such Event of Default pursuant to
clause (6) shall be remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or waived by the holders of the relevant Debt within 20 Business Days after the declaration of acceleration with respect thereto and if the
rescission and annulment of the acceleration of the Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Trustee for the payment of amounts due on the 10 3/4% Senior Notes. 
 If an Event of Default specified in clause (8) above occurs with respect to the Company, the principal of and any accrued interest on the 10 3/4%
Senior Notes then outstanding shall ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any Default (except Default in payment
of principal of, premium, if any, and interest) if the Trustee determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders to do so. 
 (14) Trustee Dealings with PNA. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for PNA, the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with
PNA, the Guarantors or their respective Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee. 
  

 A-9 

 (15) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited
partner or incorporator, past, present or future, of the Company, PNA, the Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries, as such or in such capacity, shall have any personal liability for any obligations of the Issuer under the 10 3/4% Senior
Notes, any Guarantee or the Indenture by reason of his, her or its status as such director, officer, employee, stockholder, general or limited partner or incorporator. 
 (16) Authentication. This 10 3/4% Senior Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent. 
 (17) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT
(= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). 
 (18) CUSIP, ISIN Numbers. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuer have
caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the 10 3/4% Senior Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP, ISIN or other similar numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to the Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either
as printed on the 10 3/4% Senior Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon. 
 PNA shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: 
 PNA Group, Inc. 
 400 Northbridge Road, Suite 850 
 Atlanta, Georgia 30350 
 Facsimile:
(678) 352-2441 
 Attention: Chris J. Moreton 
  

 A-10 

 ASSIGNMENT FORM 
 To assign this 10 3/4% Senior Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (we) assign and transfer this 10 3/4% Senior Note to 
  

			
	  
	(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)
	  
	  
	  
	(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
	and irrevocably appoint	 	  
	to transfer this 10 3/4% Senior Note on the books of PNA. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 Date:
                     
  

			
	Your Signature:	 	  
		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this 10 3/4% Senior Note)

 Signature guarantee: 
 (Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program) 
  

 A-11 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 
 If you want to elect to have this 10 3/4% Senior Note purchased by PNA pursuant to Section 4.10 (Asset Sale) or 4.14 (Change of Control) of the
Indenture, check the box below: 
  

			
	 ̈  Section 4.10	  	 ̈  Section 4.14

 If you want to elect to have only part of the 10 3/4% Senior Note purchased by PNA pursuant to
Section 4.10 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $ 
  

									
	Date:                     	 		 	Your Signature:	 	  
		 		 		 		 	(Sign exactly as your name appears on the 10 3/4% Senior Note)
					
		 	 Tax Identification No.:
	 		 		 	
					
		 	 Signature guarantee:
	 		 		 	
	
	 (Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

  

 A-12 

 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON 
 EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION 
 OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED NOTES 
 PNA Group, Inc. 400 
 Northbridge Road, Suite 850 
 Atlanta, Georgia 30350 
 Facsimile: (678) 352-2441 
 Attention: Chris J. Moreton 
 The Bank of New York, as Trustee 
 101 Barclay Street, 8W 
 New York, New York 10286 
 Facsimile: (212) 815-5704 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Division -
Corporate Finance Unit 
  

	 	Re:	PNA GROUP, INC. 

 10  3/4% Senior Note due 2016 CUSIP # [69346R AA 6/ U72717 AA 6]

 Reference is hereby made to that certain Indenture dated August 15, 2006 (the “Indenture”) among PNA Group, Inc.
(“PNA”), the Guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Indenture. 
 This certificate relates to $                     principal
amount of Notes held in (check applicable space)              book-entry or              definitive form by the
undersigned. 
 The undersigned
                         (transferor) (check one box below): 
  

	 ̈	hereby requests the Registrar to deliver in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Note held by the Depository a Note or Notes in definitive, registered form of
authorized denominations and an aggregate principal amount equal to its beneficial interest in such Global Note (or the portion thereof indicated above), in accordance with Section 2.6 of the Indenture; 

  

	 ̈	pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; or 

  

	 ̈	hereby requests the Trustee to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes to              (transferee).

 In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the periods referred
to in Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms: 
 CHECK ONE BOX BELOW: 
  

	(1)     ̈	to PNA or any of its subsidiaries; or 

  

	(2)     ̈	inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) that purchases for its own
account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with
Rule 144A thereunder; or 

  

	(3)     ̈	outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, in compliance with Rule 904 thereunder.

  

 A-13 

 Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Registrar will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate
in the name of any person other than the registered holder thereof. 
  

	
	   
	Signature

  

			
	Signature Guarantee:	 	  
		 	(Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program)

 TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 
 The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole
investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Rule 144A”), and is aware that the sale to it is
being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware
that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

									
		 		 		 	[Name of Transferee]
					
	Dated:	 	  	 		 		 	  
		 		 		 		 	NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

  

 A-14 

 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF 10 3/4% SENIOR NOTES 
 The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for other 10 3/4% Senior Notes have been made: 
  

									
	 Date of Exchange
	  	Amount of Decrease
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note	  	Amount of Increase
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note	  	Principal Amount of
this Global Note
Following Such
Decrease (or
Increase)	  	Signature of
Authorized Officer
of Trustee or
10 3/4% Senior
Note Custodian
		  		  		  		  	

  

 A-15 

 EXHIBIT B 
 FORM OF NOTATIONAL GUARANTEE 
 The Guarantor listed below (hereinafter referred to as the
“Guarantor,” which term includes any successors or assigns under that certain Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2006, by and among PNA Group, Inc. (“PNA”), the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee (as
amended and supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”) and any additional Guarantors) has guaranteed the Notes and the obligations of PNA under the Indenture, which include (i) the due and punctual payment of the
principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the 10 3/4% Senior Notes due 2016 (the “Notes”) of PNA Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of
interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on any interest, if any, on the Notes, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of PNA to the Holders or the Trustee all in
accordance with the terms set forth in Article X of the Indenture, (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in
accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and (iii) the payment of any and all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or any
Holder in enforcing any rights under this Note Guarantee or the Indenture. 
 The obligations of each Guarantor to the Holders and to the
Trustee pursuant to this Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article X of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to such Indenture for the precise terms of this Note Guarantee. 
 No stockholder, employee, officer, director or incorporator, as such, past, present or future of each Guarantor shall have any liability under this Note
Guarantee by reason of his or its status as such stockholder, employee, officer, director or incorporator. 
 This is a continuing Note
Guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns until full and final payment of all of PNA’s obligations under the Notes and Indenture or until released in accordance
with the Indenture and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders, and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon
that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof. This is a Note Guarantee of payment and not of collectibility. 
 This Note Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Note Guarantee
is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers. The Obligations of each Guarantor under its Note Guarantee shall be limited to the extent necessary to insure that it
does not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law. 
  

 B-1 

 THE TERMS OF ARTICLE X OF THE INDENTURE ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. 
 Capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings given in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated. 
 Dated as of                      
  

			
	[NAME OF GUARANTOR]
		
	By:	 	  
		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	(SEAL)

  

 B-2 

 EXHIBIT C 
 [FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED 
 IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO RULE 144A] 
 PNA Group, Inc. 
 400 Northbridge Road, Suite 850 
 Atlanta, Georgia 30350 
 Facsimile: (678) 352-2441 
 Attention: Chris J. Moreton 
 The Bank of New York 
 101 Barclay Street, 8W 
 New York, New York 10286 
 Facsimile: (212) 815-5704 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Division -
Corporate Finance Unit 
  

	 	Re:	PNA Group, Inc. (“PNA”) 

 10 3/4% Senior Notes
due 2016 (the “Notes”) 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 In connection with our proposed sale of $                     aggregate principal amount at maturity of the
Notes, we hereby certify that such transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we
hereby further certify that the Notes are being transferred to a person that we reasonably believe is purchasing the Notes for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such person exercises sole investment discretion, and
such person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Notes are being transferred in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. 
 You and PNA are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably
authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	  
	[Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  
		 	Authorized Signature

 Signature guarantee: 
 (Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program) 
  

 C-1 

 EXHIBIT D 
 [FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED 
 IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS 
 PURSUANT TO REGULATION S] 
 PNA Group, Inc. 

400 Northbridge Road, Suite 850 
 Atlanta, Georgia 30350 
 Facsimile: (678) 352-2441 
 Attention: Chris J. Moreton 
 The Bank of New York 
 101 Barclay Street, 8W 
 New York, New York 10286 
 Facsimile: (212) 815-5704 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Division - Corporate Finance Unit 
  

	 	Re:	PNA Group, Inc. (“PNA”) 

 10 3/4% Senior Notes
due 2016 (the “Notes”) 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 In connection with our proposed sale of $                     aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we
confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, we represent that: 
 (1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States; 
 (2) either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on
our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf
knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States; 
 (3) no directed selling efforts have
been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable; and 
 (4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
 In addition, if the sale is made during a restricted period and the provisions of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S are applicable thereto, we confirm that such sale has been made in accordance with the applicable
provisions of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b), as the case may be. 
  

 D-1 

 PNA and you are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter
or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	  
	[Name of Transferor]
		
	By:	 	  
		 	Authorized Signature

 Signature guarantee: 
 (Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program) 
  

 D-2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00124-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00124-of-00352.parquet"}]]